]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Updated
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @include rendition.texi
14 @include value.texi
15
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
17 @syncodeindex fn cp
18 @syncodeindex ky cp
19 @syncodeindex pg cp
20 @syncodeindex vr cp
21
22 @defindex op
23 @syncodeindex op cp
24
25 @copying
26
27 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
28 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
29 from archives.
30
31 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
32 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
33
34 @quotation
35 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
36 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
37 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
38 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
39 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
40 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
41 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
42
43 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
44 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
45 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
46 @end quotation
47 @end copying
48
49 @dircategory Archiving
50 @direntry
51 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
52 @end direntry
53
54 @dircategory Individual utilities
55 @direntry
56 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
57 @end direntry
58
59 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
60
61 @titlepage
62 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
63 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
64 @author Melissa Weisshaus, Jay Fenlason,
65 @author Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Amy Gorin
66 @c he said to remove it: Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
67 @c i'm thinking about how the author page *should* look. -mew 2may96
68
69 @page
70 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
71 @insertcopying
72 @end titlepage
73
74 @node Top
75 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
76
77 @ifnottex
78
79 @insertcopying
80
81 @cindex file archival
82 @cindex archiving files
83
84 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
85 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
89 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
90
91 @menu
92 * Introduction::
93 * Tutorial::
94 * tar invocation::
95 * operations::
96 * Backups::
97 * Choosing::
98 * Date input formats::
99 * Formats::
100 * Media::
101 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
102 * Copying This Manual::
103 * Index::
104
105 @detailmenu
106 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
107
108 Introduction
109
110 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
111 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
112 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
113 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
114 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
115 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
116 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
117
118 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
119
120 * assumptions::
121 * stylistic conventions::
122 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
123 * frequent operations::
124 * Two Frequent Options::
125 * create:: How to Create Archives
126 * list:: How to List Archives
127 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
128 * going further::
129
130 Two Frequently Used Options
131
132 * file tutorial::
133 * verbose tutorial::
134 * help tutorial::
135
136 How to Create Archives
137
138 * prepare for examples::
139 * Creating the archive::
140 * create verbose::
141 * short create::
142 * create dir::
143
144 How to List Archives
145
146 * list dir::
147
148 How to Extract Members from an Archive
149
150 * extracting archives::
151 * extracting files::
152 * extract dir::
153 * failing commands::
154
155 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
156
157 * Synopsis::
158 * using tar options::
159 * Styles::
160 * All Options::
161 * help::
162 * verbose::
163 * interactive::
164
165 The Three Option Styles
166
167 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
168 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
169 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
170 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
171
172 All @command{tar} Options
173
174 * Operation Summary::
175 * Option Summary::
176 * Short Option Summary::
177
178 @GNUTAR{} Operations
179
180 * Basic tar::
181 * Advanced tar::
182 * create options::
183 * extract options::
184 * backup::
185 * Applications::
186 * looking ahead::
187
188 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
189
190 * Operations::
191 * append::
192 * update::
193 * concatenate::
194 * delete::
195 * compare::
196
197 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
198
199 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
200 * multiple::
201
202 Updating an Archive
203
204 * how to update::
205
206 Options Used by @option{--create}
207
208 * Ignore Failed Read::
209
210 Options Used by @option{--extract}
211
212 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
213 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
214 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
215
216 Options to Help Read Archives
217
218 * read full records::
219 * Ignore Zeros::
220
221 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
222
223 * Dealing with Old Files::
224 * Overwrite Old Files::
225 * Keep Old Files::
226 * Keep Newer Files::
227 * Unlink First::
228 * Recursive Unlink::
229 * Modification Times::
230 * Setting Access Permissions::
231 * Writing to Standard Output::
232 * remove files::
233
234 Coping with Scarce Resources
235
236 * Starting File::
237 * Same Order::
238
239 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
240
241 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
242 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
243 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
244 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
245 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
246 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
247 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
248
249 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
250
251 * General-Purpose Variables::
252 * Magnetic Tape Control::
253 * User Hooks::
254 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
255
256 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
257
258 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
259 * Selecting Archive Members::
260 * files:: Reading Names from a File
261 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
262 * Wildcards::
263 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
264 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
265 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
266
267 Reading Names from a File
268
269 * nul::
270
271 Excluding Some Files
272
273 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
274 * problems with exclude::
275
276 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
277
278 * directory:: Changing Directory
279 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
280
281 Date input formats
282
283 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
284 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
285 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
286 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
287 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
288 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
289 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
290 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
291 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
292
293 Controlling the Archive Format
294
295 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
296 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
297 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
298 * Standard:: The Standard Format
299 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
300 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
301
302 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
303
304 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
305 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
306 * old:: Old V7 Archives
307 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
308 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
309 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
310
311 Using Less Space through Compression
312
313 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
314 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
315
316 Tapes and Other Archive Media
317
318 * Device:: Device selection and switching
319 * Remote Tape Server::
320 * Common Problems and Solutions::
321 * Blocking:: Blocking
322 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
323 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
324 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
325 * verify::
326 * Write Protection::
327
328 Blocking
329
330 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
331 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
332
333 Many Archives on One Tape
334
335 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
336 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
337
338 Using Multiple Tapes
339
340 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
341 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
342
343 Copying This Manual
344
345 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
346
347 @end detailmenu
348 @end menu
349
350 @node Introduction
351 @chapter Introduction
352
353 @GNUTAR{} creates
354 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
355 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
356 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
357 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
358 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
359
360 @menu
361 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
362 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
363 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
364 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
365 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
366 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
367 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
368 @end menu
369
370 @node Book Contents
371 @section What this Book Contains
372
373 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
374 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
375 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
376 or comments.
377
378 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
379 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
380 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
381 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
382 progressive order, building on information already explained.
383
384 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
385 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
386 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
387 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
388 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
389 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
390 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
391 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
392 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
393 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
394
395 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
396 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
397
398 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
399 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
400 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
401 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
402 about a specific topic.
403
404 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
405 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
406 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
407 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
408
409 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
410 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
411 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
412 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
413 indicate this.)
414
415 @node Definitions
416 @section Some Definitions
417
418 @cindex archive
419 @cindex tar archive
420 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
421 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
422 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
423 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
424 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
425 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
426 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
427 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
428
429 @cindex member
430 @cindex archive member
431 @cindex file name
432 @cindex member name
433 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
434 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
435 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
436 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
437 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
438 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
439 archive.
440
441 @cindex extraction
442 @cindex unpacking
443 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
444 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
445 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
446 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
447 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
448 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
449 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
450 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
451 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
452 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
453 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
454
455 @node What tar Does
456 @section What @command{tar} Does
457
458 @cindex tar
459 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
460 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
461 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
462 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
463 stored.
464
465 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
466 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
467 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
468 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
469 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
470
471 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
472
473 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
474 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
475
476 @table @asis
477 @item Storage
478 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
479 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
480 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
481 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
482 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
483 unit.
484
485 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
486 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
487 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
488 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
489 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
490 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
491 archives useful.
492
493 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
494 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
495 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
496 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
497 all dimensions, even time!)
498
499 @item Backup
500 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
501 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
502 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
503 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
504 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
505 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
506 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
507 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
508 filesystem.
509
510 @item Transportation
511 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
512 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
513 files from one system to another.
514 @end table
515
516 @node Naming tar Archives
517 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
518
519 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
520 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
521 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
522 it and to make examples more clear.
523
524 @cindex tar file
525 @cindex entry
526 @cindex tar entry
527 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
528 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
529 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
530 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
531 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
532
533 @node Current status
534 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
535
536 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
537 primary aims are:
538
539 @itemize @bullet
540 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
541 implementations.
542 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
543 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
544 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
545 @end itemize
546
547 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
548 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
549 following issues need special mentioning:
550
551 @table @asis
552 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
553
554 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
555 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
556
557 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
558 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
559 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
560
561 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
562 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
563 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
564
565 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
566 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
567 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
568 of this issue and its implications.
569
570 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
571 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
572
573 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
574
575 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
576 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
577 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
578 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
579 @option{--check-links}.
580
581 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
582
583 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
584
585 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
586
587 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
588 @end table
589
590 @node Authors
591 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
592
593 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
594 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
595 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
596 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
597 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
598 numerous and kind users.
599
600 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
601 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
602 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
603 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
604 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
605
606 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
607 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
608 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
609 i'll think about it.}
610
611 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
612 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
613
614 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
615 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
616 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
617 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
618 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
619 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
620 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
621 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
622 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
623 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
624 thing.}
625
626 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
627 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
628
629 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
630 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
631 active development and maintenance work has started
632 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
633 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
634
635 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
636
637 @node Reports
638 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
639
640 @cindex bug reports
641 @cindex reporting bugs
642 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
643 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
644
645 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
646 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
647 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
648 manual}.
649
650 @node Tutorial
651 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
652
653 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
654 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
655 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
656 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
657 details about how @command{tar} works.
658
659 @menu
660 * assumptions::
661 * stylistic conventions::
662 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
663 * frequent operations::
664 * Two Frequent Options::
665 * create:: How to Create Archives
666 * list:: How to List Archives
667 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
668 * going further::
669 @end menu
670
671 @node assumptions
672 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
673
674 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
675 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
676 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
677 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
678 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
679
680 @itemize @bullet
681 @item
682 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
683 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
684 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
685 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
686 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
687 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
688 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
689 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
690 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
691 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
692 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
693 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
694 else?}
695
696 @item
697 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
698 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
699 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
700 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
701 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
702 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
703 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
704
705 @item
706 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
707 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
708 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
709 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
710 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
711 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
712 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
713 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
714 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
715
716 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
717 @end itemize
718
719 @node stylistic conventions
720 @section Stylistic Conventions
721
722 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
723 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
724 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
725 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
726 sometimes @samp{like this}.
727
728 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
729 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
730
731 @node basic tar options
732 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
733
734 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
735 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
736 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
737 operations, and options.
738
739 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
740 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
741 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
742 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
743 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
744 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
745
746 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
747 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
748 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
749 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
750 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
751 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
752
753 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
754 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
755 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
756 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
757 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
758 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
759 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
760 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
761 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
762 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
763 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
764 @ref{Short Options}.)
765
766 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
767 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
768 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
769 For example, instead of typing
770
771 @smallexample
772 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
773 @end smallexample
774
775 @noindent
776 you can type
777 @smallexample
778 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
779 @end smallexample
780
781 @noindent
782 or even
783 @smallexample
784 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
785 @end smallexample
786
787 @noindent
788 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
789 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
790 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
791
792 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
793 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
794 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
795 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
796 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
797 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
798 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
799
800 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
801 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
802 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
803 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
804 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
805 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
806 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
807 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
808 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
809 intends.
810
811 @node frequent operations
812 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
813
814 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
815 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
816 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
817 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
818
819 @table @kbd
820 @item --create
821 @itemx -c
822 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
823 @item --list
824 @itemx -t
825 List the contents of an archive.
826 @item --extract
827 @itemx -x
828 Extract one or more members from an archive.
829 @end table
830
831 @node Two Frequent Options
832 @section Two Frequently Used Options
833
834 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
835 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
836 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
837 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
838 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
839 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
840
841 @menu
842 * file tutorial::
843 * verbose tutorial::
844 * help tutorial::
845 @end menu
846
847 @node file tutorial
848 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
849
850 @table @kbd
851 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
852 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
853 Specify the name of an archive file.
854 @end table
855
856 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
857 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
858 that @command{tar} will work on.
859
860 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
861 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
862 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
863 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
864 look roughly like one of the following:
865
866 @smallexample
867 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
868 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
869 @end smallexample
870
871 @noindent
872 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
873 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
874 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
875 @ref{file}.
876
877 @node verbose tutorial
878 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
879
880 @table @kbd
881 @item --verbose
882 @itemx -v
883 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
884 @end table
885
886 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
887 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
888 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
889 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
890 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
891 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
892 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
893 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
894 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
895 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
896
897 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
898 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
899 @c FIXME: Describe the exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.
900 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. Other times,
901 @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
902 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
903 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
904 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
905
906 @smallexample
907 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
908 @end smallexample
909
910 @noindent
911 above, you might say
912
913 @smallexample
914 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
915 @end smallexample
916
917 @noindent
918 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
919 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
920 twice, like this:
921
922 @smallexample
923 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
924 @end smallexample
925
926 @noindent
927 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
928
929 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
930 --verbose}}.
931
932 @node help tutorial
933 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
934
935 @table @kbd
936 @item --help
937
938 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
939 all operations and option available for the current version of
940 @command{tar} available on your system.
941 @end table
942
943 @node create
944 @section How to Create Archives
945 @UNREVISED
946
947 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
948 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
949 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
950 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
951 practice on.
952
953 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
954 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
955 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
956 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
957 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
958 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
959 other directories and other archives.
960
961 The three files you will archive in this example are called
962 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
963 @file{collection.tar}.
964
965 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
966 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
967 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
968 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
969 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
970 @command{tar} works.
971
972 @menu
973 * prepare for examples::
974 * Creating the archive::
975 * create verbose::
976 * short create::
977 * create dir::
978 @end menu
979
980 @node prepare for examples
981 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
982
983 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
984 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
985 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
986 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
987 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
988 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
989
990 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
991 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
992 the full path name of this directory is
993 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
994 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
995
996 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
997 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
998 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
999 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1000
1001 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1002 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1003 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1004 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1005 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1006 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1007 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1008 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1009 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1010 information on how to do this.
1011
1012 @node Creating the archive
1013 @subsection Creating the Archive
1014
1015 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1016 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1017
1018 @smallexample
1019 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1020 @end smallexample
1021
1022 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1023 option forms}. You could also say:
1024
1025 @smallexample
1026 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1027 @end smallexample
1028
1029 @noindent
1030 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1031 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1032 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1033 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1034
1035 Note that the part of the command which says,
1036 @w{@kbd{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1037 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1038 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1039 archive file you create.
1040
1041 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1042 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1043 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1044 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1045 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1046 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1047
1048 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1049 is the operation which creates the new archive
1050 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1051 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1052 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1053 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1054 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1055 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1056 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1057
1058 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1059 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1060 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1061
1062 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@kbd{ls}), you will
1063 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1064
1065 @smallexample
1066 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1067 @end smallexample
1068
1069 @noindent
1070 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1071 the files in the directory.
1072
1073 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1074 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1075 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1076 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1077
1078 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1079 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1080 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1081
1082 @node create verbose
1083 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1084
1085 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1086 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1087 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1088
1089 @smallexample
1090 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1091 blues
1092 folk
1093 jazz
1094 @end smallexample
1095
1096 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1097 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1098 @iftex
1099 (note the different font styles).
1100 @end iftex
1101 @ifinfo
1102 .
1103 @end ifinfo
1104
1105 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1106 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1107 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1108 understand.
1109
1110 @node short create
1111 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1112
1113 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1114 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1115 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1116 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1117 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1118 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1119 using short option forms:
1120
1121 @smallexample
1122 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1123 blues
1124 folk
1125 jazz
1126 @end smallexample
1127
1128 @noindent
1129 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1130 long or short option forms.
1131
1132 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1133 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1134 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1135 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1136 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1137 following way:
1138
1139 @smallexample
1140 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1141 @end smallexample
1142
1143 @noindent
1144 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1145 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1146 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1147 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1148 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1149 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1150 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1151 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1152 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1153 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1154 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1155
1156 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1157 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1158 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1159
1160 This example,
1161
1162 @smallexample
1163 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1164 @end smallexample
1165
1166 @noindent
1167 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1168 becomes much more so:
1169
1170 @smallexample
1171 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1172 @end smallexample
1173
1174 @noindent
1175 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1176 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1177 valuable data.
1178
1179 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1180 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1181 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1182 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1183 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1184 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1185 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1186 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1187
1188 @node create dir
1189 @subsection Archiving Directories
1190
1191 @cindex Archiving Directories
1192 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1193 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1194 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1195 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1196 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1197
1198 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1199 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1200 type:
1201
1202 @smallexample
1203 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1204 $
1205 @end smallexample
1206
1207 @noindent
1208 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1209 i.e. your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1210 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1211 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1212
1213 @smallexample
1214 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1215 @end smallexample
1216
1217 @noindent
1218 @command{tar} should output:
1219
1220 @smallexample
1221 practice/
1222 practice/blues
1223 practice/folk
1224 practice/jazz
1225 practice/collection.tar
1226 @end smallexample
1227
1228 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1229 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1230 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1231 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1232 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1233 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1234 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1235 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1236 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1237 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1238 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1239 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1240 into the file system).
1241
1242 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1243
1244 @smallexample
1245 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1246 @end smallexample
1247
1248 @noindent
1249 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1250 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1251 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1252 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1253 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1254 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1255 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1256 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1257 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1258 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1259 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1260 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1261 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1262 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1263 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1264 directory being dumped.}
1265
1266 @node list
1267 @section How to List Archives
1268
1269 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1270 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1271 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1272 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1273 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1274 created in the last section with the command,
1275
1276 @smallexample
1277 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1278 @end smallexample
1279
1280 @noindent
1281 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1282
1283 @smallexample
1284 blues
1285 folk
1286 jazz
1287 @end smallexample
1288
1289 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1290 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1291
1292 @noindent
1293 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1294
1295 @smallexample
1296 ./birds
1297 baboon
1298 ./box
1299 @end smallexample
1300
1301 @noindent
1302 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1303 to specify the name of the archive.
1304
1305 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @option{--list}, then
1306 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1307 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1308
1309 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1310 like:
1311
1312 @smallexample
1313 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1314 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1315 @end smallexample
1316
1317 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1318 @cindex @option{--list} with file name arguments
1319 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1320 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1321 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1322 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1323
1324 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1325 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1326 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1327 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1328 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1329 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1330 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1331 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1332 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1333 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1334 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1335
1336 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1337 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1338 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1339 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1340 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1341 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1342 stored in the specified archive.
1343
1344 @menu
1345 * list dir::
1346 @end menu
1347
1348 @node list dir
1349 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1350
1351 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1352 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1353 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1354 @value{op-verbose} option.
1355
1356 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1357 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1358
1359 @smallexample
1360 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1361 @end smallexample
1362
1363 @command{tar} responds:
1364
1365 @smallexample
1366 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1367 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1368 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1369 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1370 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1371 @end smallexample
1372
1373 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1374 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1375
1376 @node extract
1377 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1378 @UNREVISED
1379 @cindex Extraction
1380 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1381 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1382
1383 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1384 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1385 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1386 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1387 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1388 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1389 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1390 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1391
1392 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1393 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1394 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1395 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1396
1397 @menu
1398 * extracting archives::
1399 * extracting files::
1400 * extract dir::
1401 * extracting untrusted archives::
1402 * failing commands::
1403 @end menu
1404
1405 @node extracting archives
1406 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1407
1408 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1409 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1410
1411 @smallexample
1412 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1413 @end smallexample
1414
1415 @noindent
1416 produces this:
1417
1418 @smallexample
1419 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1420 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1421 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1422 @end smallexample
1423
1424 @node extracting files
1425 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1426
1427 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1428 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1429 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1430 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1431 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1432 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{At the time of this
1433 writing, atime and ctime are not restored. Since this is a tutorial
1434 for a beginnig user, it should hardly be mentioned here. Maybe in
1435 a footnote? --gray}.
1436
1437 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1438 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1439 the files in the directory again.
1440
1441 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1442 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1443
1444 @smallexample
1445 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1446 @end smallexample
1447
1448 @noindent
1449 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1450 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1451 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1452 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1453 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1454 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1455 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1456 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1457 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1458 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1459 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1460 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1461 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1462 @value{op-list}.
1463
1464 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1465 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1466 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1467 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1468 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1469 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1470 (@pxref{list}).
1471
1472 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1473 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1474 Output}).
1475
1476 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1477 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1478
1479 @node extract dir
1480 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1481
1482 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1483 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1484 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1485 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1486 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1487 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1488 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1489 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1490 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1491 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1492 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1493 @pxref{Writing}).
1494
1495 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1496 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1497 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1498
1499 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1500 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1501 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1502 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1503 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1504 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1505 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1506 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1507 following command:
1508
1509 @smallexample
1510 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1511 practice/folk
1512 practice/jazz
1513 @end smallexample
1514
1515 @noindent
1516 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1517 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1518 in the example below:
1519
1520 @smallexample
1521 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1522 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1523 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1524 @end smallexample
1525
1526 @noindent
1527 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1528 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1529 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1530 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1531
1532 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1533 will be.}
1534
1535 @node extracting untrusted archives
1536 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1537
1538 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1539 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1540 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1541 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1542 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1543 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1544 extract it as follows:
1545
1546 @smallexample
1547 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1548 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1549 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1550 @end smallexample
1551
1552 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1553 before extracting it, using @value{op-list} option, possibly combined
1554 with @value{op-verbose}.
1555
1556 @node failing commands
1557 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1558
1559 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1560 they won't work.
1561
1562 If you try to use this command,
1563
1564 @smallexample
1565 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1566 @end smallexample
1567
1568 @noindent
1569 you will get the following response:
1570
1571 @smallexample
1572 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1573 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1574 $
1575 @end smallexample
1576
1577 @noindent
1578 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1579 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1580 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1581
1582 @smallexample
1583 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1584 practice/folk
1585 practice/jazz
1586 practice/rock
1587 @end smallexample
1588
1589 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1590 order...}
1591
1592 @noindent
1593 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1594
1595 @smallexample
1596 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1597 @end smallexample
1598
1599 @noindent
1600 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1601 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1602 files from the archive.
1603
1604 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1605 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1606
1607 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1608
1609 @node going further
1610 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1611
1612 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1613 be in the rest of the manual.}
1614
1615 @node tar invocation
1616 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1617 @UNREVISED
1618
1619 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1620 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1621 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1622 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1623 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1624 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1625 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1626 depending on what the operation is.
1627
1628 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1629 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1630 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1631 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1632 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1633
1634 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1635 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1636 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1637 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1638 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1639 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1640
1641 @menu
1642 * Synopsis::
1643 * using tar options::
1644 * Styles::
1645 * All Options::
1646 * help::
1647 * verbose::
1648 * interactive::
1649 @end menu
1650
1651 @node Synopsis
1652 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1653
1654 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1655
1656 @smallexample
1657 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1658 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1659 @end smallexample
1660
1661 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1662
1663 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1664 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1665 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1666 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1667 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1668 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1669 @command{tar} is to act on.
1670
1671 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1672 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1673 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1674 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1675
1676 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1677 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
1678 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
1679 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
1680 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
1681 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
1682 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1683 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1684 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1685
1686 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1687 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1688 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1689 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
1690 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
1691 @value{op-absolute-names}.
1692
1693 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1694 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1695 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1696 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
1697
1698 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1699 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1700 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1701 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1702 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1703 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1704 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1705 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1706 sufficient for this.
1707
1708 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1709 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1710 @value{op-files-from} option.
1711
1712 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
1713 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
1714 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
1715 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
1716 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
1717 on the entire contents of the archive.
1718
1719 @cindex exit status
1720 @cindex return status
1721 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1722 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1723 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1724 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1725 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1726 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1727 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1728 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1729 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1730 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1731 the error.
1732
1733 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1734 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1735 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
1736 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
1737 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
1738 remote operations, where it may be 128.
1739
1740 @node using tar options
1741 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1742
1743 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1744 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1745 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1746 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1747 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1748 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1749 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1750 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1751 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1752 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1753
1754 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1755 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
1756 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
1757 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
1758 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
1759 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
1760 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
1761 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
1762 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
1763 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
1764 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
1765 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1766
1767 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1768 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1769 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1770 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1771 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1772 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1773 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1774
1775 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1776 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1777 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1778 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1779 write @value{op-list}.
1780
1781 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1782 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1783 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1784 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1785 styles.
1786
1787 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1788 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chap. 4 is
1789 incorporated.}
1790
1791 @node Styles
1792 @section The Three Option Styles
1793
1794 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1795 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1796 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1797 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1798
1799 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
1800 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
1801 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
1802 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
1803 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
1804 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
1805 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
1806 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
1807 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
1808 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
1809 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
1810 feel comfortable with the others.
1811
1812 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1813 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
1814 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1815 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1816 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1817 pay special attention to them.
1818
1819 @menu
1820 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1821 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1822 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1823 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1824 @end menu
1825
1826 @node Mnemonic Options
1827 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1828
1829 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1830 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1831
1832 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1833 dashes in a row, e.g.@: @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1834 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1835 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1836 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1837 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1838 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1839 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1840 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1841 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1842 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1843 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1844 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1845 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1846 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1847
1848 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1849 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1850 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1851
1852 @smallexample
1853 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1854 @end smallexample
1855
1856 @noindent
1857 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1858 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1859
1860 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1861 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1862 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1863 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1864 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1865 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1866 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1867 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1868
1869 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1870 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1871 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1872 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1873
1874 @node Short Options
1875 @subsection Short Option Style
1876
1877 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1878 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g.@: @option{-t}
1879 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1880 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1881
1882 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1883
1884 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1885 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1886 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1887 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1888 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1889 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1890 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1891 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1892
1893 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1894 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1895 white space characters}.
1896
1897 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1898 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1899 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1900 all, e.g.@: @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1901 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1902 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1903 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1904 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1905
1906 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1907 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1908 For example:
1909
1910 @smallexample
1911 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1912 @end smallexample
1913
1914 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1915 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1916 end up overwriting files.
1917
1918 @node Old Options
1919 @subsection Old Option Style
1920 @UNREVISED
1921
1922 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1923 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1924 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1925 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1926 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1927 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1928 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1929 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1930 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1931 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1932 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1933 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1934
1935 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1936
1937 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
1938 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
1939 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
1940 style as follows:
1941
1942 @smallexample
1943 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
1944 @end smallexample
1945
1946 @noindent
1947 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
1948 the argument of @option{-f}.
1949
1950 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
1951 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
1952 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
1953 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
1954 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
1955 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
1956 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
1957 pertain to.
1958
1959 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
1960 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
1961
1962 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
1963 users. For example, the two commands:
1964
1965 @smallexample
1966 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
1967 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
1968 @end smallexample
1969
1970 @noindent
1971 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
1972 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
1973 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
1974 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
1975
1976 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
1977
1978 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
1979 following are equivalent:
1980
1981 @smallexample
1982 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
1983 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
1984 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
1985 @end smallexample
1986
1987 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
1988
1989 @cindex option syntax, traditional
1990 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
1991 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
1992 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
1993 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
1994 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
1995 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
1996 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
1997 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
1998
1999 @node Mixing
2000 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2001
2002 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2003 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2004 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2005 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2006 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2007 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2008 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2009 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2010 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2011 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2012 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2013 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2014 style options.
2015
2016 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2017 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2018
2019 @smallexample
2020 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2021 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2022 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2023 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2024 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2025 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2026 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2027 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2028 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2029 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2030 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2031 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2032 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2033 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2034 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2035 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2036 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2037 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2038 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2039 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2040 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2041 @end smallexample
2042
2043 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2044 the previous set:
2045
2046 @smallexample
2047 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2048 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2049 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2050 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2051 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2052 @end smallexample
2053
2054 @noindent
2055 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2056 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2057 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2058 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2059 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2060 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2061 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2062 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2063 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2064 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2065 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2066
2067 @node All Options
2068 @section All @command{tar} Options
2069
2070 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2071 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2072 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2073 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2074 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2075 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2076
2077 @menu
2078 * Operation Summary::
2079 * Option Summary::
2080 * Short Option Summary::
2081 @end menu
2082
2083 @node Operation Summary
2084 @subsection Operations
2085
2086 @table @kbd
2087
2088 @item --append
2089 @itemx -r
2090
2091 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2092
2093 @item --catenate
2094 @itemx -A
2095
2096 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2097
2098 @item --compare
2099 @itemx -d
2100
2101 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2102 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2103 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2104
2105 @item --concatenate
2106 @itemx -A
2107
2108 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2109 @xref{concatenate}.
2110
2111 @item --create
2112 @itemx -c
2113
2114 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2115
2116 @item --delete
2117
2118 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2119 tape! @xref{delete}.
2120
2121 @item --diff
2122 @itemx -d
2123
2124 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2125
2126 @item --extract
2127 @itemx -x
2128
2129 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2130
2131 @item --get
2132 @itemx -x
2133
2134 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2135
2136 @item --list
2137 @itemx -t
2138
2139 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2140
2141 @item --update
2142 @itemx -u
2143
2144 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2145 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2146 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2147 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2148 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2149 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2150 @xref{update}.
2151
2152 @end table
2153
2154 @node Option Summary
2155 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2156
2157 @table @kbd
2158
2159 @item --absolute-names
2160 @itemx -P
2161
2162 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2163 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2164 @FIXME-xref{}
2165
2166 @item --after-date
2167
2168 (See @option{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2169
2170 @item --anchored
2171 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2172 @FIXME-xref{}
2173
2174 @item --atime-preserve
2175
2176 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2177 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2178 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2179 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2180 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2181 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2182 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2183 unless you're root.
2184 @FIXME-xref{}
2185
2186 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2187
2188 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2189 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2190 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2191
2192 @item --block-number
2193 @itemx -R
2194
2195 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2196 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2197
2198 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2199 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2200
2201 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2202 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2203
2204 @item --bzip2
2205 @itemx -j
2206
2207 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2208 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2209
2210 @item --checkpoint
2211
2212 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2213 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2214 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2215 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2216
2217 @item --check-links
2218 @itemx -l
2219 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2220 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2221 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2222 output.
2223
2224 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2225 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2226 semantics for @option{-l}.
2227
2228 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2229
2230 @item --compress
2231 @itemx --uncompress
2232 @itemx -Z
2233
2234 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2235 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2236 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2237
2238 @item --confirmation
2239
2240 (See @option{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2241
2242 @item --dereference
2243 @itemx -h
2244
2245 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2246 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2247 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2248
2249 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2250 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2251
2252 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2253 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2254 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2255
2256 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2257
2258 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2259 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2260
2261 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2262 @itemx -X @var{file}
2263
2264 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2265 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2266
2267 @item --exclude-caches
2268
2269 Automatically excludes all directories
2270 containing a cache directory tag. @FIXME-xref{}
2271
2272 @item --file=@var{archive}
2273 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2274
2275 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2276 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2277 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2278
2279 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2280 @itemx -T @var{file}
2281
2282 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2283 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2284 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2285
2286 @item --force-local
2287
2288 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2289 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2290 @FIXME-xref{}
2291
2292 @item --format=@var{format}
2293
2294 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2295 following:
2296
2297 @table @samp
2298 @item v7
2299 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2300
2301 @item oldgnu
2302 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2303 1.12 or earlier.
2304
2305 @item gnu
2306 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2307 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2308 numeric fields.
2309
2310 @item ustar
2311 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2312
2313 @item posix
2314 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2315
2316 @end table
2317
2318 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2319
2320 @item --group=@var{group}
2321
2322 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2323 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2324 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2325 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2326
2327 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2328
2329 @item --gzip
2330 @itemx --gunzip
2331 @itemx --ungzip
2332 @itemx -z
2333
2334 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2335 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2336 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2337
2338 @item --help
2339
2340 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2341 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2342
2343 @item --ignore-case
2344 Ignore case when excluding files.
2345 @FIXME-xref{}
2346
2347 @item --ignore-failed-read
2348
2349 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2350 @xref{Reading}.
2351
2352 @item --ignore-zeros
2353 @itemx -i
2354
2355 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2356 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2357
2358 @item --incremental
2359 @itemx -G
2360
2361 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2362 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2363 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}
2364
2365 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2366
2367 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2368
2369 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2370 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2371 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2372
2373 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2374 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2375 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2376
2377 @item --interactive
2378 @itemx --confirmation
2379 @itemx -w
2380
2381 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2382 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2383 @FIXME-xref{}
2384
2385 @item --keep-newer-files
2386
2387 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2388 when extracting files from an archive.
2389
2390 @item --keep-old-files
2391 @itemx -k
2392
2393 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2394 @xref{Writing}.
2395
2396 @item --label=@var{name}
2397 @itemx -V @var{name}
2398
2399 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2400 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2401 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2402 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2403
2404 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2405 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2406
2407 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2408 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2409 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2410 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2411 incremental format. @FIXME-xref{}
2412
2413 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2414
2415 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2416 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2417 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2418 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2419 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2420 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2421 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2422 permission system.
2423
2424 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2425 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2426 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2427 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2428 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2429
2430 @item --multi-volume
2431 @itemx -M
2432
2433 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2434 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2435
2436 @item --new-volume-script
2437
2438 (see --info-script)
2439
2440 @item -n
2441 @itemx --seek
2442
2443 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2444 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2445 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2446 in cases when such recognition fails.
2447
2448 @item --newer=@var{date}
2449 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2450 @itemx -N
2451
2452 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2453 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2454 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2455 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2456
2457 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2458
2459 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2460 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2461 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2462
2463 @item --no-anchored
2464 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2465 @FIXME-xref{}
2466
2467 @item --no-ignore-case
2468 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2469 @FIXME-xref{}
2470
2471 @item --no-recursion
2472
2473 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2474 @FIXME-xref{}
2475
2476 @item --no-same-owner
2477 @itemx -o
2478
2479 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2480 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2481 for ordinary users.
2482
2483 @item --no-same-permissions
2484
2485 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2486 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2487 for ordinary users.
2488
2489 @item --no-wildcards
2490 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2491 @FIXME-xref{}
2492
2493 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2494 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2495 @FIXME-xref{}
2496
2497 @item --null
2498
2499 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2500 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @kbd{NUL}, so
2501 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2502 @FIXME-xref{}
2503
2504 @item --numeric-owner
2505
2506 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2507 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2508 @FIXME-xref{}
2509
2510 @item -o
2511 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2512 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2513 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2514
2515 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2516 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2517 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2518 removed in the future releases.
2519
2520 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2521
2522 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2523
2524 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2525 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2526 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2527 line or via @option{-T} option.
2528
2529 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2530 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2531
2532 @smallexample
2533 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2534 @end smallexample
2535
2536 @noindent
2537 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2538 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2539
2540 @item --old-archive
2541 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2542
2543 @item --one-file-system
2544 @itemx -l
2545 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2546 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2547 directory.
2548
2549 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2550 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2551 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2552 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2553 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2554
2555 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2556
2557 @item --overwrite
2558
2559 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2560 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2561
2562 @item --overwrite-dir
2563
2564 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2565 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2566
2567 @item --owner=@var{user}
2568
2569 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2570 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2571 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2572 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2573 @FIXME-xref{}
2574
2575 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2576 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2577 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2578 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2579
2580 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2581
2582 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2583
2584 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2585 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2586 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2587 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2588 the following forms:
2589
2590 @table @asis
2591 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2592 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
2593 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2594 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2595
2596 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2597 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2598 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2599 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
2600 man 7 glob}. For example:
2601
2602 @smallexample
2603 --pax-option delete=security.*
2604 @end smallexample
2605
2606 would suppress security-related information.
2607
2608 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2609
2610 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2611 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2612 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2613
2614 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2615 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2616 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2617 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2618 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2619 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2620 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2621 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2622 @end multitable
2623
2624 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2625 results.
2626
2627 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2628 will use the following default value:
2629
2630 @smallexample
2631 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
2632 @end smallexample
2633
2634 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2635 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2636 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2637 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2638 following character substitutions have been made:
2639
2640 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2641 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2642 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2643 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2644 starting at 1.
2645 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2646 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2647 @end multitable
2648
2649 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2650
2651 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2652 will use the following default value:
2653
2654 @smallexample
2655 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2656 @end smallexample
2657
2658 @noindent
2659 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2660 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2661 uses @samp{/tmp}.
2662
2663 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2664 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2665 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2666 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2667 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2668 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2669 record.
2670
2671 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2672 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2673 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2674 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2675 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2676
2677 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2678 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2679 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2680 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2681 For example, in the command:
2682
2683 @smallexample
2684 tar --format=posix --create \
2685 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2686 @end smallexample
2687
2688 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2689 stored in the archive.
2690 @end table
2691
2692 @item --portability
2693 @itemx --old-archive
2694 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2695
2696 @item --posix
2697 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2698
2699 @item --preserve
2700
2701 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2702 @option{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
2703
2704 @item --preserve-order
2705
2706 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2707
2708 @item --preserve-permissions
2709 @itemx --same-permissions
2710 @itemx -p
2711
2712 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2713 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2714 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2715 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2716 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2717
2718 @item --read-full-records
2719 @itemx -B
2720
2721 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2722 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2723
2724 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2725
2726 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2727 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2728
2729 @item --recursion
2730
2731 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2732 @FIXME-xref{}
2733
2734 @item --recursive-unlink
2735
2736 Remove existing
2737 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2738 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2739
2740 @item --remove-files
2741
2742 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2743 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2744
2745 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2746
2747 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2748 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2749
2750 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2751
2752 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2753 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
2754
2755 @item --same-order
2756 @itemx --preserve-order
2757 @itemx -s
2758
2759 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2760 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2761 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2762 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2763
2764 @item --same-owner
2765
2766 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2767 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2768 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2769 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
2770
2771 @item --same-permissions
2772
2773 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2774
2775 @item --show-defaults
2776
2777 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2778 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2779 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2780
2781 @smallexample
2782 $ tar --show-defaults
2783 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2784 @end smallexample
2785
2786 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2787
2788 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2789 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2790
2791 @item --sparse
2792 @itemx -S
2793
2794 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2795 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
2796
2797 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2798 @itemx -K @var{name}
2799
2800 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
2801 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2802 @xref{Scarce}.
2803
2804 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
2805 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
2806 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
2807 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
2808 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
2809
2810 @smallexample
2811 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
2812 @end smallexample
2813
2814 @noindent
2815 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
2816
2817 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2818
2819 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2820 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
2821
2822 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2823 @itemx -L @var{num}
2824
2825 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
2826 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
2827
2828 @item --to-stdout
2829 @itemx -O
2830
2831 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
2832 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
2833
2834 @item --totals
2835
2836 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2837 @FIXME-xref{}
2838
2839 @item --touch
2840 @itemx -m
2841
2842 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2843 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
2844 @xref{Writing}.
2845
2846 @item --uncompress
2847
2848 (See @option{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2849
2850 @item --ungzip
2851
2852 (See @option{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2853
2854 @item --unlink-first
2855 @itemx -U
2856
2857 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
2858 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2859
2860 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2861
2862 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2863 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
2864
2865 @item --utc
2866
2867 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
2868 @option{--verbose}.
2869
2870 @item --verbose
2871 @itemx -v
2872
2873 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2874 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2875 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
2876
2877 @item --verify
2878 @itemx -W
2879
2880 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2881 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2882
2883 @item --version
2884
2885 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
2886 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
2887 @FIXME-xref{}
2888
2889 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2890
2891 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
2892 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
2893 @FIXME-xref{}
2894
2895 @item --wildcards
2896 Use wildcards when excluding files.
2897 @FIXME-xref{}
2898
2899 @item --wildcards-match-slash
2900 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2901 @FIXME-xref{}
2902 @end table
2903
2904 @node Short Option Summary
2905 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
2906
2907 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
2908 them with the equivalent long option.
2909
2910 @table @kbd
2911
2912 @item -A
2913
2914 @option{--concatenate}
2915
2916 @item -B
2917
2918 @option{--read-full-records}
2919
2920 @item -C
2921
2922 @option{--directory}
2923
2924 @item -F
2925
2926 @option{--info-script}
2927
2928 @item -G
2929
2930 @option{--incremental}
2931
2932 @item -K
2933
2934 @option{--starting-file}
2935
2936 @item -L
2937
2938 @option{--tape-length}
2939
2940 @item -M
2941
2942 @option{--multi-volume}
2943
2944 @item -N
2945
2946 @option{--newer}
2947
2948 @item -O
2949
2950 @option{--to-stdout}
2951
2952 @item -P
2953
2954 @option{--absolute-names}
2955
2956 @item -R
2957
2958 @option{--block-number}
2959
2960 @item -S
2961
2962 @option{--sparse}
2963
2964 @item -T
2965
2966 @option{--files-from}
2967
2968 @item -U
2969
2970 @option{--unlink-first}
2971
2972 @item -V
2973
2974 @option{--label}
2975
2976 @item -W
2977
2978 @option{--verify}
2979
2980 @item -X
2981
2982 @option{--exclude-from}
2983
2984 @item -Z
2985
2986 @option{--compress}
2987
2988 @item -b
2989
2990 @option{--blocking-factor}
2991
2992 @item -c
2993
2994 @option{--create}
2995
2996 @item -d
2997
2998 @option{--compare}
2999
3000 @item -f
3001
3002 @option{--file}
3003
3004 @item -g
3005
3006 @option{--listed-incremental}
3007
3008 @item -h
3009
3010 @option{--dereference}
3011
3012 @item -i
3013
3014 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3015
3016 @item -j
3017
3018 @option{--bzip2}
3019
3020 @item -k
3021
3022 @option{--keep-old-files}
3023
3024 @item -l
3025
3026 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3027 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3028 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3029
3030 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3031
3032 @item -m
3033
3034 @option{--touch}
3035
3036 @item -o
3037
3038 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3039 @option{--portability}.
3040
3041 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3042 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3043 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3044
3045 @item -p
3046
3047 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3048
3049 @item -r
3050
3051 @option{--append}
3052
3053 @item -s
3054
3055 @option{--same-order}
3056
3057 @item -t
3058
3059 @option{--list}
3060
3061 @item -u
3062
3063 @option{--update}
3064
3065 @item -v
3066
3067 @option{--verbose}
3068
3069 @item -w
3070
3071 @option{--interactive}
3072
3073 @item -x
3074
3075 @option{--extract}
3076
3077 @item -z
3078
3079 @option{--gzip}
3080
3081 @end table
3082
3083 @node help
3084 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3085
3086 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3087 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3088 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3089 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3090 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3091 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3092 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3093 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3094
3095 @smallexample
3096 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3097 @end smallexample
3098
3099 @noindent
3100 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3101 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3102 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3103 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3104 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3105 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3106 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3107 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3108 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3109 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3110
3111 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3112 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3113 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3114 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3115 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3116 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3117 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3118 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3119 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3120 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3121
3122 @smallexample
3123 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3124 @end smallexample
3125
3126 @noindent
3127 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3128 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3129 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3130 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3131
3132 @smallexample
3133 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3134 @end smallexample
3135
3136 @noindent
3137 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3138
3139 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3140 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3141 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3142 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3143 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3144
3145 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3146 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3147 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3148 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3149 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3150 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3151 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3152 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3153 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3154 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3155 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3156 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3157 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3158 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3159
3160 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3161 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3162 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3163 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3164 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3165 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3166
3167 @node verbose
3168 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3169
3170 @cindex Progress information
3171 @cindex Status information
3172 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3173 @cindex Verbose operation
3174 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3175 @cindex Error message, block number of
3176 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3177
3178 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3179 @cindex Information during operation
3180 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3181
3182 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3183 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3184 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3185 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3186 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3187 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3188 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3189 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3190 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3191 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3192 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3193 helpful diagnostic tools.
3194
3195 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3196 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3197 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3198 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3199 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3200 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3201
3202 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3203 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3204 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3205 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3206 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3207 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3208 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3209 long list output:
3210
3211 @smallexample
3212 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3213 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3214 @end smallexample
3215
3216 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3217 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3218 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3219 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3220 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3221
3222 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3223 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3224 error.
3225
3226 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3227 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3228 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3229
3230 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3231 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3232 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3233 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3234 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3235 is actually making forward progress.
3236
3237 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3238 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3239
3240 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3241 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3242 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3243 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3244 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3245 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3246 some other reason.
3247
3248 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3249 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3250 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3251 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3252 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3253 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3254 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3255 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3256 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3257 archive from a pipe.
3258
3259 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3260 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3261 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3262 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3263 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3264 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3265 backup section written.}
3266
3267 @node interactive
3268 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3269 @cindex Interactive operation
3270
3271 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3272 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3273 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3274 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3275 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3276 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3277 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3278
3279 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3280 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3281 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3282 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3283 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3284 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3285 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3286 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3287 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3288
3289 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3290 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3291 communications.
3292
3293 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3294 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3295 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3296 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3297 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3298 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3299 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3300 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3301 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3302 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3303 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3304
3305 @node operations
3306 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3307
3308 @menu
3309 * Basic tar::
3310 * Advanced tar::
3311 * create options::
3312 * extract options::
3313 * backup::
3314 * Applications::
3315 * looking ahead::
3316 @end menu
3317
3318 @node Basic tar
3319 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3320
3321 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3322 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3323 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3324 for these operations.
3325
3326 @table @asis
3327 @item @value{op-create}
3328
3329 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3330 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3331 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3332 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3333 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3334 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3335 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3336 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3337 common errors are:
3338
3339 @enumerate
3340 @item
3341 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3342 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3343 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3344 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3345 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3346 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3347
3348 @item
3349 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3350 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3351 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3352 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3353 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3354 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3355 @end enumerate
3356
3357 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3358 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3359 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3360 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3361 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3362 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3363 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3364 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3365
3366 @smallexample
3367 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3368 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3369 @end smallexample
3370
3371 @item @value{op-extract}
3372
3373 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3374
3375 @item @value{op-list}
3376
3377 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3378 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3379 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3380 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3381 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3382 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3383 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3384 that's really the way to go.
3385
3386 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3387 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3388
3389 @end table
3390
3391 @node Advanced tar
3392 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3393
3394 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3395 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3396
3397 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3398 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3399 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3400 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3401 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3402 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3403 error correction in special circumstances.
3404
3405 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3406 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3407
3408 @menu
3409 * Operations::
3410 * append::
3411 * update::
3412 * concatenate::
3413 * delete::
3414 * compare::
3415 @end menu
3416
3417 @node Operations
3418 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3419 @UNREVISED
3420
3421 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3422 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3423 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3424 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3425
3426 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3427 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3428 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3429 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3430 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3431 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3432 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3433 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3434
3435 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3436 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3437 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3438 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3439
3440 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3441 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3442 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3443 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3444 where the last chapter left them.)
3445
3446 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3447
3448 @table @kbd
3449 @item --append
3450 @itemx -r
3451 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3452 @item --update
3453 @itemx -r
3454 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3455 they exist.
3456 @item --concatenate
3457 @itemx --catenate
3458 @itemx -A
3459 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3460 @item --delete
3461 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3462 @item --compare
3463 @itemx --diff
3464 @itemx -d
3465 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3466 @end table
3467
3468 @node append
3469 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3470 @UNREVISED
3471
3472 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3473 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3474 already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A related operation
3475 is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3476 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3477 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3478
3479 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3480 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3481 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3482 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3483 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3484 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3485 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3486 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3487
3488 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3489 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3490 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3491 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3492 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3493 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3494 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3495 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3496 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3497 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3498 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3499 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3500 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3501 extracted before it, and so on.
3502
3503 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3504 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3505 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3506 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3507 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3508 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3509 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3510 the command
3511
3512 @smallexample
3513 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3514 @end smallexample
3515
3516 @noindent
3517 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3518
3519 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3520 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3521
3522 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3523 with the Same Name.}
3524
3525 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3526 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3527 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3528 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3529 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3530 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3531 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3532 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3533 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3534 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3535
3536 @menu
3537 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3538 * multiple::
3539 @end menu
3540
3541 @node appending files
3542 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3543 @UNREVISED
3544 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3545 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3546 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3547
3548 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3549 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3550 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3551 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3552 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3553 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3554 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3555 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3556 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3557 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3558
3559 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3560 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3561 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3562 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3563
3564 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3565 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3566 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3567 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3568 @file{collection.tar}:
3569
3570 @smallexample
3571 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3572 @end smallexample
3573
3574 @noindent
3575 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3576 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3577
3578 @smallexample
3579 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3580 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3581 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3582 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3583 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3584 @end smallexample
3585
3586 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3587 title claims it will become...}
3588
3589 @node multiple
3590 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3591
3592 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3593 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3594 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3595 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3596 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3597 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3598 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3599 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3600 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3601 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3602 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3603 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3604 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3605 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3606 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3607 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3608 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3609 versions of the file.
3610
3611 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3612 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3613 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3614 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3615 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3616 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3617 newer version when it is extracted.
3618
3619 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3620 archive in this way:
3621
3622 @smallexample
3623 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3624 blues
3625 @end smallexample
3626
3627 @noindent
3628 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3629 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3630 list the contents of the archive:
3631
3632 @smallexample
3633 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3634 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3635 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3636 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3637 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3638 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3639 @end smallexample
3640
3641 @noindent
3642 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3643 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3644 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3645 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3646 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3647
3648 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3649 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
3650 the following example:
3651
3652 @smallexample
3653 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3654 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3655 @end smallexample
3656
3657 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
3658 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3659 @value{op-occurrence} option.
3660
3661 @node update
3662 @subsection Updating an Archive
3663 @UNREVISED
3664 @cindex Updating an archive
3665
3666 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3667 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3668 @value{op-update}. The @option{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
3669 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3670 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3671 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3672 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3673
3674 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3675 The operation will fail.
3676
3677 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3678 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3679
3680 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3681 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3682 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3683 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3684 Same Name}
3685
3686 @menu
3687 * how to update::
3688 @end menu
3689
3690 @node how to update
3691 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3692
3693 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3694 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3695 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3696 you).
3697
3698 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3699 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3700
3701 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3702 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3703 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3704 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3705 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3706 arguments:
3707
3708 @smallexample
3709 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3710 blues
3711 classical
3712 $
3713 @end smallexample
3714
3715 @noindent
3716 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3717 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3718 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3719 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3720 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3721 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3722 updating it.
3723
3724 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3725 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3726 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3727 information about tapes.
3728
3729 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3730 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3731 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3732 options intended specifically for backups are more
3733 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3734
3735 @node concatenate
3736 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
3737
3738 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3739 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3740 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3741 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3742 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3743 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3744
3745 To use @option{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3746 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3747 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3748 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3749 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
3750 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
3751 Members with the Same Name.}
3752
3753 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3754 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3755 files from @file{practice}:
3756
3757 @smallexample
3758 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3759 blues
3760 classical
3761 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3762 folk
3763 jazz
3764 @end smallexample
3765
3766 @noindent
3767 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3768 contain what they are supposed to:
3769
3770 @smallexample
3771 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3772 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3773 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3774 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3775 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3776 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3777 @end smallexample
3778
3779 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
3780
3781 @smallexample
3782 $ @kbd{cd ..}
3783 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3784 @end smallexample
3785
3786 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3787 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3788
3789 @smallexample
3790 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3791 blues
3792 rock
3793 jazz
3794 folk
3795 @end smallexample
3796
3797 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3798 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
3799 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
3800 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
3801 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
3802 new name?}
3803
3804 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3805 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3806
3807 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
3808 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3809 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
3810 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
3811 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3812
3813 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3814 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3815 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3816 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3817 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3818 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3819 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
3820 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
3821 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3822 @command{cat} shell utility.
3823
3824 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
3825 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
3826 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
3827 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3828 default archive name.
3829
3830 @node delete
3831 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
3832 @UNREVISED
3833 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3834 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3835
3836 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3837 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3838 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3839 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3840 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3841 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3842 using @samp{tar --delete}. @option{--delete} will remove all versions of
3843 the named file from the archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run
3844 very slowly.
3845
3846 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
3847
3848 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
3849 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3850 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3851 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3852 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3853 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3854 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3855 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3856 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3857 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3858
3859 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3860 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3861 are in that directory, and then,
3862
3863 @smallexample
3864 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3865 blues
3866 folk
3867 jazz
3868 rock
3869 practice/blues
3870 practice/folk
3871 practice/jazz
3872 practice/rock
3873 practice/blues
3874 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3875 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3876 folk
3877 jazz
3878 rock
3879 $
3880 @end smallexample
3881
3882 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3883 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3884 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3885
3886 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3887 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
3888
3889 @node compare
3890 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
3891 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
3892 @UNREVISED
3893
3894 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
3895 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
3896 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
3897 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
3898 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
3899 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
3900 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
3901
3902 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
3903 archive with a non-default record size.
3904
3905 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
3906 corresponding members in the archive.
3907
3908 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
3909 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
3910 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
3911 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
3912
3913 @smallexample
3914 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
3915 rock
3916 blues
3917 tar: funk not found in archive
3918 @end smallexample
3919
3920 @noindent
3921 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
3922 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
3923 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
3924 such as:
3925
3926 @smallexample
3927 funk: does not exist
3928 @end smallexample
3929
3930 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
3931 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
3932 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
3933
3934 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
3935 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
3936 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
3937
3938 @node create options
3939 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
3940
3941 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
3942 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
3943 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
3944 @option{--create}.
3945
3946 @menu
3947 * Ignore Failed Read::
3948 @end menu
3949
3950 @node Ignore Failed Read
3951 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
3952
3953 @table @kbd
3954 @item --ignore-failed-read
3955 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
3956 @end table
3957
3958 @node extract options
3959 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
3960 @UNREVISED
3961
3962 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
3963 there's a better way of organizing them.}
3964
3965 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
3966 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
3967 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
3968 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
3969 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
3970 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
3971 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
3972 @option{--extract} operation.
3973
3974 @menu
3975 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
3976 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
3977 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
3978 @end menu
3979
3980 @node Reading
3981 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
3982 @cindex Options when reading archives
3983 @cindex Reading incomplete records
3984 @cindex Records, incomplete
3985 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
3986 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
3987 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
3988 @cindex Small memory
3989 @cindex Running out of space
3990 @UNREVISED
3991
3992 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
3993 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
3994 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
3995 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
3996 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
3997 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
3998 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
3999 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4000 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4001
4002 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4003 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4004 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4005 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4006 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4007 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4008
4009 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4010 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4011 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4012 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4013 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4014
4015 @menu
4016 * read full records::
4017 * Ignore Zeros::
4018 @end menu
4019
4020 @node read full records
4021 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4022
4023 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4024
4025 @table @kbd
4026 @item --read-full-records
4027 @item -B
4028 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4029 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4030 than the one specified.
4031 @end table
4032
4033 @node Ignore Zeros
4034 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4035
4036 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4037 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4038 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4039 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e.@: a damaged
4040 archive, or one which was created by concatenating several archives
4041 together).
4042
4043 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4044 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4045 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4046 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4047 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4048
4049 @table @kbd
4050 @item --ignore-zeros
4051 @itemx -i
4052 To ignore blocks of zeros (ie.@: end-of-archive entries) which may be
4053 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4054 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4055 @end table
4056
4057 @node Writing
4058 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4059 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4060 @cindex Protecting old files
4061 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4062 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4063 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4064 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4065 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4066 @UNREVISED
4067
4068 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4069
4070 @menu
4071 * Dealing with Old Files::
4072 * Overwrite Old Files::
4073 * Keep Old Files::
4074 * Keep Newer Files::
4075 * Unlink First::
4076 * Recursive Unlink::
4077 * Modification Times::
4078 * Setting Access Permissions::
4079 * Writing to Standard Output::
4080 * remove files::
4081 @end menu
4082
4083 @node Dealing with Old Files
4084 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4085
4086 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4087 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4088 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4089 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4090 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4091 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4092 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4093 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4094 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4095
4096 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4097 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4098 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4099 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4100 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4101
4102 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4103 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4104 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4105
4106 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4107 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4108 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4109 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4110 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4111 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4112 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4113 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4114 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4115 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4116 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4117 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4118 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4119 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4120 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4121 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4122 removed.
4123
4124 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4125 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4126 before extracting them.
4127
4128 @node Overwrite Old Files
4129 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4130
4131 @table @kbd
4132 @item --overwrite
4133 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4134 from an archive.
4135
4136 This
4137 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4138 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4139 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4140 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4141 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4142 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4143 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4144 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4145 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4146 they are in the way of extraction.
4147
4148 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4149 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4150 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4151 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4152 are currently being executed.
4153
4154 @item --overwrite-dir
4155 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4156 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4157 @end table
4158
4159 @node Keep Old Files
4160 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4161
4162 @table @kbd
4163 @item --keep-old-files
4164 @itemx -k
4165 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4166 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4167 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4168 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4169 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4170 extraction.
4171 @end table
4172
4173 @node Keep Newer Files
4174 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4175
4176 @table @kbd
4177 @item --keep-newer-files
4178 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4179 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4180 @end table
4181
4182 @node Unlink First
4183 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4184
4185 @table @kbd
4186 @item --unlink-first
4187 @itemx -U
4188 Remove files before extracting over them.
4189 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4190 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4191 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4192 @end table
4193
4194 @node Recursive Unlink
4195 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4196
4197 @table @kbd
4198 @item --recursive-unlink
4199 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4200 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4201 @end table
4202
4203 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4204 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4205 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4206 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4207
4208 @node Modification Times
4209 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4210
4211 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4212 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4213 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4214 setting.
4215
4216 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4217 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4218 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4219
4220 @table @kbd
4221 @item --touch
4222 @itemx -m
4223 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4224 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4225 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4226 @end table
4227
4228 @node Setting Access Permissions
4229 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4230
4231 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4232 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4233 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4234 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4235
4236 @table @kbd
4237 @item --preserve-permission
4238 @itemx --same-permission
4239 @itemx --ignore-umask
4240 @itemx -p
4241 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4242 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4243 @value{op-extract}.
4244 @end table
4245
4246 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4247 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4248 more than one file?}
4249
4250 @node Writing to Standard Output
4251 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4252
4253 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4254 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4255 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4256 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4257 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4258 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4259 found in the archive.
4260
4261 @table @kbd
4262 @item --to-stdout
4263 @itemx -O
4264 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4265 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4266 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4267 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4268 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4269 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4270 @end table
4271
4272 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4273 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4274 it. You can use a command like this:
4275
4276 @smallexample
4277 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4278 @end smallexample
4279
4280 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4281
4282 @smallexample
4283 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4284 @end smallexample
4285
4286 @node remove files
4287 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4288
4289 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4290 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4291 else in the book...}
4292
4293 @table @kbd
4294 @item --remove-files
4295 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4296 @end table
4297
4298 @node Scarce
4299 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4300 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4301 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4302 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4303 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4304 @UNREVISED
4305
4306 @menu
4307 * Starting File::
4308 * Same Order::
4309 @end menu
4310
4311 @node Starting File
4312 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4313
4314 @table @kbd
4315 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4316 @itemx -K @var{name}
4317 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4318 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4319 @end table
4320
4321 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4322 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4323 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4324 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4325 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4326 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4327 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4328 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4329 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4330
4331 @node Same Order
4332 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4333
4334 @table @kbd
4335 @item --same-order
4336 @itemx --preserve-order
4337 @itemx -s
4338 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4339 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4340 @value{op-list}
4341 or @value{op-extract}.
4342 @end table
4343
4344 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4345 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4346 the option to exist in either version?}
4347
4348 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4349
4350 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4351 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4352 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4353 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4354 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4355 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4356
4357 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4358
4359 @node backup
4360 @section Backup options
4361
4362 @cindex backup options
4363
4364 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4365 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4366 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4367 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4368 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4369 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4370
4371 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4372 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4373 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4374 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4375 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4376 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4377 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4378 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4379 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4380 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4381
4382 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4383 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4384 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4385 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4386 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4387 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4388 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4389 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4390 refers to a remote file.
4391
4392 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4393 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4394 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4395 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4396 file are kept.
4397
4398 @table @samp
4399
4400 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4401 @opindex --backup
4402 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4403 @cindex backups
4404 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4405 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4406
4407 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4408 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4409 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4410 use the @samp{existing} method.
4411
4412 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4413 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4414 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4415 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4416
4417 @table @samp
4418 @item t
4419 @itemx numbered
4420 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4421 Always make numbered backups.
4422
4423 @item nil
4424 @itemx existing
4425 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4426 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4427 of the others.
4428
4429 @item never
4430 @itemx simple
4431 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4432 Always make simple backups.
4433
4434 @end table
4435
4436 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4437 @opindex --suffix
4438 @cindex backup suffix
4439 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4440 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4441 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4442 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4443 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4444
4445 @end table
4446
4447 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4448 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4449 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4450 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4451 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4452 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4453
4454 @smallexample
4455 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4456 @end smallexample
4457
4458 @node Applications
4459 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4460 @UNREVISED
4461
4462 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4463 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4464 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4465
4466 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4467
4468 @findex uuencode
4469 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4470 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4471 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4472 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4473 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4474 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4475 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4476 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4477
4478 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4479 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4480 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4481 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4482
4483 @smallexample
4484 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4485 @end smallexample
4486
4487 @noindent
4488 The command also works using short option forms:
4489
4490 @smallexample
4491 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4492 @end smallexample
4493
4494 @noindent
4495 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4496
4497 @node looking ahead
4498 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4499
4500 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4501 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4502 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4503 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4504 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4505 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4506 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4507 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4508 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4509 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4510
4511 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4512 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4513 @value{xref-files-from}.
4514
4515 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4516 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4517
4518 @node Backups
4519 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4520 @UNREVISED
4521
4522 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4523 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4524 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4525 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4526 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4527 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4528 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4529
4530 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4531 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4532 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4533 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4534
4535 @smallexample
4536 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4537 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4538 @end smallexample
4539
4540 @ifclear PUBLISH
4541
4542 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4543 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4544 distribution.
4545
4546 @smallexample
4547 .* dumps
4548 . + what are dumps
4549
4550 . + different levels of dumps
4551 . - full dump = dump everything
4552 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
4553 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4554 n-1 dump (?)
4555
4556 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4557 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4558
4559 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
4560 . - how to customize
4561 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4562
4563 . + Problems
4564 . - rsh doesn't work
4565 . - rtape isn't installed
4566 . - (others?)
4567
4568 . + the --incremental option of tar
4569
4570 . + tapes
4571 . - write protection
4572 . - types of media
4573 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
4574 . - files and tape marks
4575 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4576 . - positioning the tape
4577 MT writes two at end of write,
4578 backspaces over one when writing again.
4579 @end smallexample
4580
4581 @end ifclear
4582
4583 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
4584 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4585
4586 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4587 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4588 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4589 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4590 called @dfn{dumps}.
4591
4592 @menu
4593 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4594 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4595 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
4596 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4597 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4598 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4599 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4600 @end menu
4601
4602 @node Full Dumps
4603 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4604 @UNREVISED
4605
4606 @cindex full dumps
4607 @cindex dumps, full
4608
4609 @cindex corrupted archives
4610 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4611 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
4612 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4613 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4614 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4615 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4616
4617 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4618 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4619 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4620
4621 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4622 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4623 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4624
4625 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
4626 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4627 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4628
4629 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
4630 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
4631 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
4632
4633 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4634 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4635 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4636 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4637 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4638 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4639
4640 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
4641 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
4642 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
4643
4644 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
4645
4646 @value{op-incremental} handle old @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup.
4647
4648 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
4649 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @command{tar}
4650 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
4651 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
4652 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
4653 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
4654 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
4655 doing a complete incremental restore.
4656
4657 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4658 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4659 @command{tar} program.
4660
4661 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
4662 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
4663
4664 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list},
4665 @command{tar} will list, for each directory in the archive, the list
4666 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4667 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4668 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4669 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4670 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4671 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4672 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is
4673 followed by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of
4674 the data.
4675
4676 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
4677 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
4678 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
4679 deleted from the directory}.
4680
4681 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
4682 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
4683 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
4684 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
4685 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4686
4687 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new @acronym{GNU}-format
4688 incremental backup. This option handles new @acronym{GNU}-format
4689 incremental backup. It has much the same effect as
4690 @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump is done and
4691 the list of directories dumped is written to the given
4692 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
4693 restored, and the directory list is used to speed up operations.
4694
4695 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4696 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar} to
4697 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
4698 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
4699 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
4700 be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
4701 this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include all
4702 appropriate files in the archive.
4703
4704 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
4705 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
4706 @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
4707 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
4708 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
4709 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
4710 created.
4711
4712 @node Inc Dumps
4713 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4714 @UNREVISED
4715
4716 @cindex incremental dumps
4717 @cindex dumps, incremental
4718
4719 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
4720 although a few more options will usually be needed.
4721
4722 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
4723 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
4724 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
4725 monthly) dump.
4726
4727 Here is a sample script to dump the directory hierarchies @samp{/usr}
4728 and @samp{/var}.
4729
4730 @smallexample
4731 #! /bin/sh
4732 tar --create \
4733 --blocking-factor=126 \
4734 --file=/dev/rmt/0 \
4735 --label="`hostname` /usr /var `date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
4736 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr-var.snar \
4737 --verbose \
4738 /usr /var
4739 @end smallexample
4740
4741 This script uses the file @file{/var/log/usr-var.snar} as a snapshot to
4742 store information about the previous tar dump.
4743
4744 The blocking factor 126 is an attempt to make the tape drive stream.
4745 Some tape devices cannot handle 64 kB blocks or larger, and require the
4746 block size to be a multiple of 1 kB; for these devices, 126 is the
4747 largest blocking factor that can be used.
4748
4749 @node incremental and listed-incremental
4750 @section The Incremental Options
4751 @UNREVISED
4752
4753 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
4754 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
4755 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
4756 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
4757 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
4758 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
4759 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
4760
4761 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
4762 @command{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
4763 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
4764 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
4765 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
4766 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
4767
4768 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4769 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4770 @command{tar} program.
4771
4772 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
4773 @command{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
4774 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
4775 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
4776 extract the files in the archive.
4777
4778 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
4779 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
4780 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
4781 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
4782 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4783
4784 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list} causes
4785 @command{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
4786 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4787 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4788 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4789 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4790 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4791 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4792 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
4793 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
4794
4795 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4796 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar}
4797 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
4798 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
4799 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
4800 then be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
4801 when this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include
4802 all appropriate files in the archive.
4803
4804 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
4805 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
4806 directory names. @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
4807 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
4808 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
4809 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
4810 actually created.
4811
4812 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
4813 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.@:
4814 with the @option{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
4815 backwards.
4816
4817 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
4818 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
4819 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
4820 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
4821 So @command{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
4822 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4823 to be a better way to go.
4824
4825 @command{tar} doesn't access @var{snapshot-file} when
4826 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} are specified, but the
4827 @value{op-listed-incremental} option must still be given. A
4828 placeholder @var{snapshot-file} can be specified, e.g.,
4829 @file{/dev/null}.
4830
4831 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
4832
4833 @node Backup Levels
4834 @section Levels of Backups
4835
4836 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
4837 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
4838 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
4839 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
4840 are daily re-archived.
4841
4842 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
4843 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
4844 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
4845 dump.
4846
4847 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
4848 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
4849 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
4850 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
4851 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
4852 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
4853 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
4854 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
4855
4856 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
4857 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
4858 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
4859 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
4860 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
4861
4862 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
4863 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
4864 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
4865 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax} Once the
4866 backup parameters are set, you can perform backups or restoration by
4867 running the appropriate script.
4868
4869 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
4870 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
4871 their use in detail.
4872
4873 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
4874 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
4875 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
4876 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
4877 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, and
4878 @value{xref-listed-incremental}, before making such an attempt.
4879
4880 @node Backup Parameters
4881 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4882
4883 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
4884 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
4885 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
4886 before using these scripts.
4887
4888 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
4889 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
4890 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
4891 functions within that script (e.g. see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
4892 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
4893 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
4894 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
4895 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
4896
4897 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
4898 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
4899
4900 @menu
4901 * General-Purpose Variables::
4902 * Magnetic Tape Control::
4903 * User Hooks::
4904 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4905 @end menu
4906
4907 @node General-Purpose Variables
4908 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
4909
4910 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
4911 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
4912 sends a backup report to this address.
4913 @end defvr
4914
4915 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
4916 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
4917 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
4918 or the string @samp{now}.
4919
4920 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
4921 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
4922 @end defvr
4923
4924 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
4925 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. This device should be
4926 attached to the host on which the dump scripts are run.
4927 @end defvr
4928
4929 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
4930
4931 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
4932 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4933 @end defvr
4934
4935 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
4936
4937 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
4938 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
4939 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
4940 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
4941 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
4942
4943 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
4944 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
4945 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
4946 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
4947 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
4948 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
4949 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
4950 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
4951 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
4952
4953 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
4954 in a separate file. This file is usually named
4955 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
4956 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
4957 @end defvr
4958
4959 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
4960
4961 A path to the file containing the list of the filesystems to backup
4962 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
4963 @end defvr
4964
4965 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
4966
4967 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
4968 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
4969 which the backup script is run.
4970
4971 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
4972 in a separate file. This file is usually named
4973 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
4974 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
4975 @end defvr
4976
4977 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
4978
4979 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
4980 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
4981 @end defvr
4982
4983 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
4984
4985 Path to @code{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
4986 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
4987 to use public key authentication.
4988 @end defvr
4989
4990 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
4991
4992 Path to rsh binary on remote mashines. This will be passed via
4993 @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation of @GNUTAR{}.
4994 @end defvr
4995
4996 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
4997
4998 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
4999 by all the machines which have filesystems to be dumped.
5000 @end defvr
5001
5002 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5003
5004 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5005 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5006 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5007 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5008 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5009 (e.g. @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5010
5011 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5012 @end defvr
5013
5014 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5015
5016 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive filesystems
5017
5018 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5019 @end defvr
5020
5021 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5022
5023 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5024 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5025 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5026 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5027 the console.
5028 @end defvr
5029
5030 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5031
5032 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5033 this will just be some literal text.
5034 @end defvr
5035
5036 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5037
5038 Pathname of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5039 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5040 @end defvr
5041
5042 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5043 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5044
5045 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5046 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5047 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5048
5049 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5050 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5051 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5052
5053 @smallexample
5054 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5055
5056 mt_begin() @{
5057 mt -f "$1" retension
5058 @}
5059 @end smallexample
5060 @end defvr
5061
5062 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5063 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5064 follows:
5065
5066 @smallexample
5067 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5068
5069 mt_rewind() @{
5070 mt -f "$1" rewind
5071 @}
5072 @end smallexample
5073
5074 @end defvr
5075
5076 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5077 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5078 it is defined as follows:
5079
5080 @smallexample
5081 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5082
5083 mt_offline() @{
5084 mt -f "$1" offl
5085 @}
5086 @end smallexample
5087 @end defvr
5088
5089 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5090 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5091 including error count. Default definition:
5092
5093 @smallexample
5094 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5095
5096 mt_status() @{
5097 mt -f "$1" status
5098 @}
5099 @end smallexample
5100 @end defvr
5101
5102 @node User Hooks
5103 @subsection User Hooks
5104
5105 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5106 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5107 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5108 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5109 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5110 taking four arguments:
5111
5112 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5113 Its arguments are:
5114
5115 @table @var
5116 @item level
5117 Current backup or restore level.
5118
5119 @item host
5120 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5121
5122 @item fs
5123 Full path name to the filesystem being dumped or restored.
5124
5125 @item fsname
5126 Filesystem name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5127 is useful e.g. for creating unique files.
5128 @end table
5129 @end deffn
5130
5131 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5132
5133 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5134 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the filesystem.
5135 @end defvr
5136
5137 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5138 Executed after dumping the filesystem.
5139 @end defvr
5140
5141 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5142 Executed before restoring the filesystem.
5143 @end defvr
5144
5145 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5146 Executed after restoring the filesystem.
5147 @end defvr
5148
5149 @node backup-specs example
5150 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5151
5152 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5153
5154 @smallexample
5155 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5156
5157 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5158 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5159 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5160
5161 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5162 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5163 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5164
5165 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5166 my_status() @{
5167 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5168 @}
5169 MT_STATUS=my_status
5170
5171 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5172 MT_OFFLINE=:
5173
5174 BLOCKING=124
5175 BACKUP_DIRS="
5176 albert:/fs/fsf
5177 apple-gunkies:/gd
5178 albert:/fs/gd2
5179 albert:/fs/gp
5180 geech:/usr/jla
5181 churchy:/usr/roland
5182 albert:/
5183 albert:/usr
5184 apple-gunkies:/
5185 apple-gunkies:/usr
5186 gnu:/hack
5187 gnu:/u
5188 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5189 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5190
5191 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5192
5193 @end smallexample
5194
5195 @node Scripted Backups
5196 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5197
5198 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5199
5200 @smallexample
5201 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5202 @end smallexample
5203
5204 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5205 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5206 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5207 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5208 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5209 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5210 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5211 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5212 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5213 create a level one dump.}
5214
5215 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5216 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5217
5218 @table @asis
5219 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5220
5221 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5222
5223 @item @var{hh}
5224
5225 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5226
5227 @item now
5228
5229 The dump must be run immediately.
5230 @end table
5231
5232 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5233 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5234 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5235 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5236 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5237 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5238 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5239 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5240 Restoration}).
5241
5242 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5243 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5244 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5245 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5246 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5247 detailed explanation of this file.}
5248
5249 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5250 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5251 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5252 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5253 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5254 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5255 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5256
5257 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5258 standard output.
5259
5260 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5261 script:
5262
5263 @table @option
5264 @item -l @var{level}
5265 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5266 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5267
5268 @item -f
5269 @itemx --force
5270 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5271
5272 @item -v[@var{level}]
5273 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5274 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5275 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5276 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5277
5278 @item -t @var{start-time}
5279 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5280 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5281
5282 @item -h
5283 @itemx --help
5284 Display short help message and exit.
5285
5286 @item -L
5287 @itemx --license
5288 Display program license and exit.
5289
5290 @item -V
5291 @itemx --version
5292 Display program version and exit.
5293 @end table
5294
5295
5296 @node Scripted Restoration
5297 @section Using the Restore Script
5298
5299 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5300 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5301 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5302 then restore all the filesystems and files specified in
5303 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5304
5305 You may select the filesystems (and/or files) to restore by
5306 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5307 line. For example, running
5308
5309 @smallexample
5310 restore 'albert:*'
5311 @end smallexample
5312
5313 @noindent
5314 will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5315 complicated example:
5316
5317 @smallexample
5318 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5319 @end smallexample
5320
5321 @noindent
5322 This command will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}
5323 as well as @file{/var} filesystem on all machines.
5324
5325 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5326 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5327 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5328 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5329 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5330 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5331
5332 @smallexample
5333 restore --level=1
5334 @end smallexample
5335
5336 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5337
5338 @table @option
5339 @item -a
5340 @itemx --all
5341 Restore all filesystems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5342
5343 @item -l @var{level}
5344 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5345 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5346
5347 @item -v[@var{level}]
5348 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5349 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5350 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5351 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5352
5353 @item -h
5354 @itemx --help
5355 Display short help message and exit.
5356
5357 @item -L
5358 @itemx --license
5359 Display program license and exit.
5360
5361 @item -V
5362 @itemx --version
5363 Display program version and exit.
5364 @end table
5365
5366 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5367 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5368 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5369 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5370 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5371 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5372 positioning.}
5373
5374 @quotation
5375 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5376 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5377 @end quotation
5378
5379 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5380 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5381
5382 @node Choosing
5383 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5384 @UNREVISED
5385
5386 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5387
5388 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5389 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5390 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5391 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5392 are in specified directories.
5393
5394 @menu
5395 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5396 * Selecting Archive Members::
5397 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5398 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5399 * Wildcards::
5400 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5401 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5402 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5403 @end menu
5404
5405 @node file
5406 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5407 @cindex Naming an archive
5408 @cindex Archive Name
5409 @cindex Directing output
5410 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5411 @cindex Where is the archive?
5412 @UNREVISED
5413
5414 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5415 archive"?}
5416
5417 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5418 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5419 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5420 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5421 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5422 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5423 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5424 instead of the default archive file location.
5425
5426 @table @kbd
5427 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5428 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5429 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5430 any operation.
5431 @end table
5432
5433 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5434
5435 @smallexample
5436 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5437 @end smallexample
5438
5439 @noindent
5440 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5441 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5442 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5443 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5444 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5445 for the archive name.
5446
5447 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5448 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5449 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5450
5451 @cindex Writing new archives
5452 @cindex Archive creation
5453 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5454 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5455 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5456 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5457 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5458
5459 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5460 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5461 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5462 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5463 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5464 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5465
5466 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5467 "notable tar usages".}
5468
5469 @smallexample
5470 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5471 @end smallexample
5472
5473 @FIXME{help!}
5474
5475 @cindex Standard input and output
5476 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5477 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5478 use the following:
5479
5480 @smallexample
5481 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5482 @end smallexample
5483
5484 @noindent
5485 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5486 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5487 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5488 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5489 as the username on the remote machine.
5490
5491 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5492 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5493 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5494 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5495 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5496 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5497 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5498 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5499 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5500 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5501 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5502 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5503 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5504 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5505
5506 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5507 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5508 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5509 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5510 shouldn't mention it..}
5511
5512 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5513 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5514 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5515 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5516
5517 @node Selecting Archive Members
5518 @section Selecting Archive Members
5519 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5520 @cindex Specifying archive members
5521
5522 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5523 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5524 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5525 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5526
5527 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5528 the command line, as follows:
5529 @smallexample
5530 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5531 @end smallexample
5532
5533 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5534 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5535 option.
5536
5537 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5538 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5539
5540 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5541 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5542 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5543 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5544 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5545 @command{tar} does nothing.
5546
5547 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5548 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5549 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5550 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5551 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5552
5553 @node files
5554 @section Reading Names from a File
5555
5556 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5557 @cindex Lists of file names
5558 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5559 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5560 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5561 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5562 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5563 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5564 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5565 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5566
5567 @table @kbd
5568 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5569 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5570 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5571 @end table
5572
5573 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5574 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
5575 names are read from standard input.
5576
5577 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
5578 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
5579 command.
5580
5581 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
5582
5583 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5584
5585 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5586 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5587 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
5588 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5589 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
5590 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5591 more information.)
5592
5593 @smallexample
5594 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5595 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5596 @end smallexample
5597
5598 @noindent
5599 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
5600 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
5601 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
5602 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
5603 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
5604 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
5605 specifying @option{-C} option:
5606
5607 @smallexample
5608 @group
5609 $ @kbd{cat list}
5610 -C/etc
5611 passwd
5612 hosts
5613 -C/lib
5614 libc.a
5615 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
5616 @end group
5617 @end smallexample
5618
5619 @noindent
5620 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
5621 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
5622 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
5623 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
5624 contain:
5625
5626 @smallexample
5627 @group
5628 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
5629 passwd
5630 hosts
5631 libc.a
5632 @end group
5633 @end smallexample
5634
5635 @noindent
5636 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
5637 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
5638 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
5639
5640 @itemize @bullet
5641 @item
5642 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
5643 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
5644 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
5645
5646 @item
5647 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
5648 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
5649 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
5650
5651 @item
5652 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
5653 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
5654
5655 @smallexample
5656 @group
5657 --directory
5658 dir
5659 @end group
5660 @end smallexample
5661
5662 @noindent
5663 and
5664
5665 @smallexample
5666 @group
5667 -C
5668 dir
5669 @end group
5670 @end smallexample
5671 @end itemize
5672
5673 @cindex @option{--add-file}
5674 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
5675 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
5676 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
5677
5678 @menu
5679 * nul::
5680 @end menu
5681
5682 @node nul
5683 @subsection @kbd{NUL} Terminated File Names
5684
5685 @cindex File names, terminated by @kbd{NUL}
5686 @cindex @kbd{NUL} terminated file names
5687 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5688 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5689 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
5690
5691 @table @kbd
5692 @item --null
5693 Only consider @kbd{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5694 terminate in a newline.
5695 @end table
5696
5697 The @value{op-null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5698 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5699 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5700 @command{tar}, @value{op-null} also disables special handling for
5701 file names that begin with dash.
5702
5703 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5704 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5705 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
5706 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @kbd{NUL}
5707 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5708 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5709 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5710 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5711 @command{tar} to recognize the @kbd{NUL} separator between files.
5712
5713 @smallexample
5714 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5715 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5716 @end smallexample
5717
5718 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5719
5720 @node exclude
5721 @section Excluding Some Files
5722 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5723 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5724 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5725 @UNREVISED
5726
5727 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5728 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5729
5730 @table @kbd
5731 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5732 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5733 @end table
5734
5735 @findex exclude
5736 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5737 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5738 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5739 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5740 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5741
5742 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
5743
5744 @table @kbd
5745 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5746 @itemx -X @var{file}
5747 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5748 @var{file}.
5749 @end table
5750
5751 @findex exclude-from
5752 Use the @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5753 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5754 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5755 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5756 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5757 added to the archive.
5758
5759 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5760 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5761
5762 @table @kbd
5763 @item --exclude-caches
5764 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
5765 @end table
5766
5767 @findex exclude-caches
5768 When creating an archive,
5769 the @option{--exclude-caches} option
5770 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories
5771 that contain a @dfn{cache directory tag}.
5772 A cache directory tag is a short file
5773 with the well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG}
5774 and having a standard header
5775 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
5776 Various applications write cache directory tags
5777 into directories they use to hold regenerable, non-precious data,
5778 so that such data can be more easily excluded from backups.
5779
5780 @menu
5781 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
5782 * problems with exclude::
5783 @end menu
5784
5785 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
5786 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5787
5788 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5789 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5790 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5791 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5792
5793 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5794 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5795 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5796 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5797
5798 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
5799 below. These options accumulate. For example:
5800
5801 @smallexample
5802 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
5803 @end smallexample
5804
5805 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
5806 @samp{readme}.
5807
5808 @table @option
5809 @item --anchored
5810 @itemx --no-anchored
5811 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
5812 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
5813 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
5814
5815 @item --ignore-case
5816 @itemx --no-ignore-case
5817 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
5818 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
5819
5820 @item --wildcards
5821 @itemx --no-wildcards
5822 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
5823 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
5824 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
5825 names literally.
5826
5827 @item --wildcards-match-slash
5828 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
5829 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
5830 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
5831 matched only by @samp{/}.
5832
5833 @end table
5834
5835 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
5836 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
5837 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
5838 the name's parent directories.
5839
5840 @node problems with exclude
5841 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5842
5843 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5844 pitfalls:
5845
5846 @itemize @bullet
5847 @item
5848 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
5849 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5850 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5851 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5852 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5853 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5854
5855 @item
5856 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5857 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5858 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5859 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5860 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5861 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5862
5863 @item
5864 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5865 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
5866 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
5867 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
5868 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
5869 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5870
5871 For example, write:
5872
5873 @smallexample
5874 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5875 @end smallexample
5876
5877 @noindent
5878 rather than:
5879
5880 @smallexample
5881 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5882 @end smallexample
5883
5884 @item
5885 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5886 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
5887 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5888 might fail.
5889
5890 @item
5891 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
5892 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5893 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5894 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5895 line and @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5896 patterns listed in a file.
5897
5898 @end itemize
5899
5900 @node Wildcards
5901 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5902
5903 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5904 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5905 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
5906 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5907 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5908 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
5909 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
5910
5911 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5912
5913 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
5914 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
5915 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
5916 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
5917 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
5918 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
5919 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
5920 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
5921 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
5922
5923 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
5924 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
5925 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
5926 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
5927 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
5928 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
5929 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
5930 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
5931 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
5932 @emph{last} in a character class.)
5933
5934 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
5935 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
5936 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
5937 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
5938 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
5939 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
5940
5941 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
5942 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
5943 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
5944 @var{e}, inclusive.
5945
5946 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
5947 who don't have dan around.}
5948
5949 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
5950 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
5951 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
5952 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
5953
5954 @node after
5955 @section Operating Only on New Files
5956 @cindex Excluding file by age
5957 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
5958 @cindex Age, excluding files by
5959 @UNREVISED
5960
5961 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
5962 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
5963 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
5964 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5965 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
5966 the archive will only include new files. If you use @option{--after-date}
5967 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
5968 than the @var{date} you specify.
5969
5970 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
5971 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
5972 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
5973
5974 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
5975 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
5976 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
5977 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
5978
5979 @table @kbd
5980 @item --after-date=@var{date}
5981 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
5982 @itemx -N @var{date}
5983 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
5984
5985 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
5986 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
5987
5988 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
5989 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5990
5991 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
5992 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
5993 @end table
5994
5995 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
5996 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
5997 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
5998 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
5999 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6000 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6001
6002 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
6003 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
6004 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
6005 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
6006
6007 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6008 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6009 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6010 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6011 contents of the file were looked at).
6012
6013 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6014 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6015 arguments.
6016
6017 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6018
6019 @quotation
6020 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6021 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6022 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6023 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
6024 @end quotation
6025
6026 @noindent
6027 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6028
6029 @node recurse
6030 @section Descending into Directories
6031 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6032 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6033 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6034 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6035 @UNREVISED
6036
6037 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6038
6039 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6040
6041 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6042 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6043 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6044 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6045
6046 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6047 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6048 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6049 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6050 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6051 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6052 @command{tar}, or look.
6053
6054 @table @kbd
6055 @item --no-recursion
6056 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6057
6058 @item --recursion
6059 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6060 This is the default.
6061 @end table
6062
6063 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6064 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6065 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6066 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6067 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6068 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6069 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6070 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6071 located via @command{find}.
6072
6073 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6074 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6075 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6076 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6077 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6078 no new files on its own.
6079
6080 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6081 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6082 the files under those directories.
6083
6084 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6085 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6086
6087 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6088 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6089 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6090
6091 @smallexample
6092 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6093 @end smallexample
6094
6095 @noindent
6096 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6097 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6098 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6099
6100 @node one
6101 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
6102 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6103 @UNREVISED
6104
6105 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6106 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6107 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6108 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6109 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6110 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6111 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6112
6113 @table @kbd
6114 @item --one-file-system
6115 @itemx -l
6116 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6117 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6118 @end table
6119
6120 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6121 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6122 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
6123 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6124 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6125 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6126
6127 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6128 but nothing under it.
6129
6130 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6131 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6132 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6133 standard error.
6134
6135 @menu
6136 * directory:: Changing Directory
6137 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6138 @end menu
6139
6140 @node directory
6141 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6142
6143 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6144 things around some.}
6145
6146 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6147 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6148 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6149 @UNREVISED
6150
6151 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6152 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6153 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6154 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6155 the list.
6156
6157 @table @kbd
6158 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6159 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6160 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6161 @end table
6162
6163 For example,
6164
6165 @smallexample
6166 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6167 @end smallexample
6168
6169 @noindent
6170 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6171 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6172 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6173 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6174 store in the same archive.
6175
6176 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6177 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6178 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6179 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6180 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6181
6182 Contrast this with the command,
6183
6184 @smallexample
6185 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6186 @end smallexample
6187
6188 @noindent
6189 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6190 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6191 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6192 named @file{orange-colored}.
6193
6194 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6195 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6196 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6197 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6198 @file{foo.tar}:
6199
6200 @smallexample
6201 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6202 @end smallexample
6203
6204 @noindent
6205 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6206 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6207 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6208 directories where those files were located.
6209
6210 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6211 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6212 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6213 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6214 @option{--directory} option.
6215
6216 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6217 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6218 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6219 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6220 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6221 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6222 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6223
6224 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6225
6226 @smallexample
6227 @group
6228 -C
6229 /etc
6230 passwd
6231 hosts
6232 -C
6233 /lib
6234 libc.a
6235 @end group
6236 @end smallexample
6237
6238 @noindent
6239 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6240
6241 @smallexample
6242 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6243 @end smallexample
6244
6245 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6246 list, i.e. always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6247
6248 The interpretation of @value{op-directory} is disabled by
6249 @value{op-null} option.
6250
6251 @node absolute
6252 @subsection Absolute File Names
6253 @UNREVISED
6254
6255 @table @kbd
6256 @item -P
6257 @itemx --absolute-names
6258 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6259 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6260 @end table
6261
6262 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6263 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6264 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6265
6266 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6267 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6268 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6269 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6270 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6271 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6272 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6273 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6274
6275 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6276 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6277 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6278
6279 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6280 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6281 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6282 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6283 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6284 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6285 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6286 be @file{bin/ls}.
6287
6288 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6289 none of these transformations.
6290
6291 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6292 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6293
6294 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6295 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6296 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6297
6298 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6299 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6300 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6301 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6302 more convenient than switching to root.
6303
6304 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6305 to transfer files between systems.}
6306
6307 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6308
6309 @table @kbd
6310 @item --absolute-names
6311 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6312 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6313
6314 @end table
6315
6316 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6317
6318 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6319 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6320 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6321 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6322
6323 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6324 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6325 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6326
6327 @smallexample
6328 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6329 @end smallexample
6330
6331 @noindent
6332 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6333 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6334 For example:
6335
6336 @smallexample
6337 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6338 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6339 @end smallexample
6340
6341 @include getdate.texi
6342
6343 @node Formats
6344 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6345
6346 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6347 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6348 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6349
6350 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6351 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6352
6353 @table @asis
6354 @item gnu
6355 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6356 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6357 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6358 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6359 formats.
6360
6361 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6362 length.
6363
6364 @item oldgnu
6365 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6366
6367 @item v7
6368 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6369 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6370 are:
6371
6372 @enumerate
6373 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6374 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6375 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6376 devices, fifos etc.)
6377 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6378 octal)
6379 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6380 and group name of the file owner).
6381 @end enumerate
6382
6383 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6384 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6385 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6386 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6387 Automake prior to 1.9.
6388
6389 @item ustar
6390 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6391 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6392 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6393
6394 @enumerate
6395 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6396 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6397 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6398 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6399 characters.
6400 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6401 100 characters.
6402 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6403 is 8GB
6404 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6405 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6406 @end enumerate
6407
6408 @item star
6409 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6410 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6411 currently does not produce them.
6412
6413 @item posix
6414 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6415 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6416 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6417 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6418 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6419 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6420 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6421 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6422 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6423
6424 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6425 of @GNUTAR{}.
6426
6427 @end table
6428
6429 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6430 formats:
6431
6432 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6433 @item Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6434 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6435 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6436 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6437 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6438 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6439 @end multitable
6440
6441 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6442 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6443 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6444 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6445 switch to @samp{posix}.
6446
6447 @menu
6448 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6449 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6450 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6451 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6452 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6453 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6454 @end menu
6455
6456 @node Portability
6457 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6458
6459 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6460 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6461 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6462 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6463 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6464 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6465 archives more portable.
6466
6467 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6468 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6469 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6470 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6471
6472 @menu
6473 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6474 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6475 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6476 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6477 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6478 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6479 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6480 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6481 @end menu
6482
6483 @node Portable Names
6484 @subsection Portable Names
6485
6486 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6487 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6488 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6489 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6490 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6491 less.
6492
6493 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6494 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6495 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6496 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6497 than System V's.
6498
6499 @node dereference
6500 @subsection Symbolic Links
6501 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6502 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6503
6504 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6505 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6506 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6507 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6508 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6509 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6510 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6511 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6512
6513 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6514 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6515 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6516 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6517 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6518 system.
6519
6520 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6521 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6522 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6523
6524 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6525 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6526 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6527 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6528
6529 @node old
6530 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6531 @cindex Format, old style
6532 @cindex Old style format
6533 @cindex Old style archives
6534
6535 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6536 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6537 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6538 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6539 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6540 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6541 option). When you specify it,
6542 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6543 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6544 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6545
6546 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6547 unless the archive was created using this option.
6548
6549 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6550 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6551 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6552 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6553 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6554
6555 @node ustar
6556 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6557
6558 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6559 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6560 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6561 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6562 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6563 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6564
6565 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6566 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6567
6568 @node gnu
6569 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6570
6571 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6572 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6573 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6574 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6575 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6576 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6577 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6578 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6579 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6580
6581 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6582 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6583 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6584
6585 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6586 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6587
6588 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6589 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6590 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6591
6592 @itemize @bullet
6593 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6594 @item @value{op-incremental}
6595 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6596 @end itemize
6597
6598 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6599 format in the future.
6600
6601 @node posix
6602 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6603
6604 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6605 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6606
6607 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6608 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6609 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6610 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6611 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6612
6613 @itemize @bullet
6614 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6615 @item @value{op-incremental}
6616 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6617 @end itemize
6618
6619 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6620
6621 @node Checksumming
6622 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6623
6624 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6625 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6626 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6627 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6628 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6629 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6630 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6631 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6632 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6633 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6634 vice versa.
6635
6636 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6637 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6638 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6639 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6640 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6641 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6642 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6643 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6644
6645 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6646 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6647 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6648 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6649 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6650 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6651 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6652 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6653 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6654 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6655 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6656
6657 @node Large or Negative Values
6658 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6659 @cindex large values
6660 @cindex future time stamps
6661 @cindex negative time stamps
6662
6663 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6664 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6665 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6666 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6667 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
6668 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6669 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6670 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6671 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
6672 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6673
6674 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6675 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6676
6677 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
6678 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6679
6680 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
6681 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6682 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6683 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6684 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6685 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6686
6687 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6688 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
6689 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6690 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6691 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6692 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6693 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6694 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6695 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6696
6697 @node Compression
6698 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6699
6700 @menu
6701 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6702 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6703 @end menu
6704
6705 @node gzip
6706 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6707 @cindex Compressed archives
6708 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6709
6710 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
6711 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programms. For backward
6712 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
6713 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
6714 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
6715 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
6716 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
6717
6718 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
6719 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
6720 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
6721 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
6722 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
6723 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
6724 For example:
6725
6726 @smallexample
6727 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
6728 @end smallexample
6729
6730 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
6731 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
6732 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
6733 archive created in previous example:
6734
6735 @smallexample
6736 # List the compressed archive
6737 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
6738 # Extract the compressed archive
6739 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
6740 @end smallexample
6741
6742 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
6743 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
6744 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
6745 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
6746
6747 @smallexample
6748 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
6749 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
6750 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
6751 @end smallexample
6752
6753 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
6754 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
6755
6756 @smallexample
6757 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
6758 @end smallexample
6759
6760 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
6761 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
6762 modified, i.e. you cannot update (@value{op-update}) them or delete
6763 (@value{op-delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
6764 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
6765 @value{op-append}). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
6766 compressed.
6767
6768 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
6769
6770 @table @kbd
6771 @item -z
6772 @itemx --gzip
6773 @itemx --ungzip
6774 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6775
6776 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
6777 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6778 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6779 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6780 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6781 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
6782
6783 @smallexample
6784 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6785 @end smallexample
6786
6787 @noindent
6788 Another way would be to avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run
6789 @command{gzip} explicitly:
6790
6791 @smallexample
6792 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
6793 @end smallexample
6794
6795 @cindex corrupted archives
6796 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6797 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6798 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6799 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6800 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6801 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6802
6803 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6804 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6805 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6806 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6807 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6808 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6809
6810 @item -j
6811 @itemx --bzip2
6812 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6813
6814 @item -Z
6815 @itemx --compress
6816 @itemx --uncompress
6817 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
6818 @value{op-gzip}.
6819
6820 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
6821 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6822 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
6823 @command{compress}.
6824
6825 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6826 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
6827 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
6828 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
6829
6830 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
6831 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
6832
6833 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
6834 the opposite, i.e. read the compressed data from the standard input
6835 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
6836 @end table
6837
6838 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6839 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
6840 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
6841 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
6842 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
6843 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
6844 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
6845 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
6846 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
6847 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
6848
6849 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6850 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6851 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6852 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6853 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6854
6855 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6856 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6857 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6858 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6859 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6860
6861 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6862 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6863 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6864 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
6865 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6866
6867 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6868 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6869 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6870 end up with less space on the tape.}
6871
6872 @node sparse
6873 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6874 @cindex Sparse Files
6875 @UNREVISED
6876
6877 @table @kbd
6878 @item -S
6879 @itemx --sparse
6880 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6881 @end table
6882
6883 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6884 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6885 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6886 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6887 space needed to store such a file.
6888
6889 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6890 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6891 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6892 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6893
6894 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6895 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6896 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6897 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6898 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
6899 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
6900 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6901 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6902 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
6903 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6904 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6905 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6906 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6907 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6908 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
6909 more space than the original.
6910
6911 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6912 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6913 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6914 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6915 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6916 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6917 about creating archives.
6918
6919 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6920 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6921 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6922
6923 @quotation
6924 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6925 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
6926 sparsely in the system.
6927
6928 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
6929 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
6930 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
6931 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
6932 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
6933 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
6934 @end quotation
6935
6936 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
6937
6938 @table @kbd
6939 @item --sparse
6940 @itemx -S
6941 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
6942 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
6943 @end table
6944
6945 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
6946 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
6947 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
6948 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
6949 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
6950 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
6951 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
6952 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
6953 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
6954 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
6955
6956 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
6957 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
6958 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
6959 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
6960 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
6961 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
6962 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
6963
6964 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
6965 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
6966 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
6967 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
6968 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
6969 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
6970 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
6971 1990-12-10:
6972
6973 @quotation
6974 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
6975 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
6976 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
6977 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
6978 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
6979 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
6980
6981 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
6982 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
6983 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
6984 get it right.
6985 @end quotation
6986
6987 @node Attributes
6988 @section Handling File Attributes
6989 @UNREVISED
6990
6991 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
6992 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
6993 back to what they were before they were read, use the
6994 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
6995
6996 Handling of file attributes
6997
6998 @table @kbd
6999 @item --atime-preserve
7000 Preserve access times on files that are read.
7001 This doesn't work for files that
7002 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
7003 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
7004 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
7005 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
7006
7007 @item -m
7008 @itemx --touch
7009 Do not extract file modified time.
7010
7011 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
7012 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
7013 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
7014
7015 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7016
7017 @item --same-owner
7018 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7019 archive.
7020
7021 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7022 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7023 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7024 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7025 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7026 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7027 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7028
7029 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7030 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7031 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7032 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7033 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7034 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7035 stored in the archive instead.
7036
7037 @item --no-same-owner
7038 @itemx -o
7039 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7040 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7041 only for the superuser.
7042
7043 @item --numeric-owner
7044 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7045 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7046 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7047 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7048 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7049
7050 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7051 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7052 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7053 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7054 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7055 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7056 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7057 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7058
7059 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7060 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7061 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7062 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7063 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7064 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7065
7066 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7067 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7068 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7069 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7070 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7071 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7072 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7073 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7074 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7075 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7076 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7077 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7078 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7079 gives you a great deal of control already.
7080
7081 @item -p
7082 @itemx --same-permissions
7083 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7084 Extract all protection information.
7085
7086 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7087 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7088 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7089 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7090 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7091
7092
7093 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7094
7095 @item --preserve
7096 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7097
7098 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7099 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7100
7101 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7102
7103 @end table
7104
7105 @node Standard
7106 @section Basic Tar Format
7107 @UNREVISED
7108
7109 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7110 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7111 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7112 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7113 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7114 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7115 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7116
7117 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7118 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7119 bytes. A file
7120 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7121 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7122 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7123 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7124 information about file types.
7125
7126 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7127 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7128 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7129 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7130 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7131 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7132
7133 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7134 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7135 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7136
7137 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7138 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7139 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7140
7141 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7142 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7143 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7144 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7145 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7146 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7147 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7148
7149 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7150 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7151 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7152 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7153 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7154 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7155 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7156 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7157 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7158 records after a zero block.
7159
7160 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7161 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7162
7163 @smallexample
7164 @include header.texi
7165 @end smallexample
7166
7167 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7168 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7169 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7170 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7171 contiguously.
7172
7173 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7174 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7175 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7176 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7177 of file contents is performed.
7178
7179 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7180 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7181 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7182 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7183
7184 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7185 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7186
7187 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7188
7189 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7190 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7191 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7192 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7193 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7194 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7195 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7196 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7197 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g.@: the
7198 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7199
7200 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7201 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7202 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7203
7204 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7205 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7206 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7207
7208 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7209 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7210 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7211 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7212
7213 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7214 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7215 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7216 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7217 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7218 if it were all blanks.
7219
7220 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7221 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7222 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7223 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7224
7225 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7226 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7227 and last inode-change time.
7228
7229 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7230 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7231 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7232 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7233 continued at.
7234
7235 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7236 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7237 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7238 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7239 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7240 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7241 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7242 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7243 differently from non-sparse files.
7244
7245 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7246 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7247 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7248 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7249 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7250 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7251 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7252 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7253 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7254 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7255 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7256 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7257 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7258 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7259 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7260 used to handle a sparse file:
7261
7262 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7263 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7264 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7265 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7266 array element.
7267
7268 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7269 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7270
7271 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7272 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7273 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7274 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7275 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7276 an extended_header is needed.
7277
7278 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7279 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7280 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7281 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7282
7283 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7284 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7285 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7286 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7287
7288 @table @asis
7289
7290 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7291 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7292 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7293 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7294 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7295 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7296 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7297 ends with a slash as a directory.
7298
7299 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7300 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7301 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7302 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7303 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7304
7305 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7306 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7307 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7308
7309 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7310 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7311 These represent character special files and block special files
7312 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7313 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7314 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7315 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7316
7317 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7318 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7319 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7320 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7321 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7322 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7323 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7324 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7325 @code{size} field.
7326
7327 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7328 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7329 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7330
7331 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7332 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7333 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7334 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7335 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7336 type as a normal file.
7337
7338 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7339 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7340 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7341
7342 @end table
7343
7344 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7345 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7346
7347 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7348 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7349 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7350 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7351 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7352 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7353
7354 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7355 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7356 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7357 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7358
7359 @node Extensions
7360 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7361 @UNREVISED
7362
7363 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7364 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7365
7366 @table @code
7367 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7368 @itemx 'D'
7369 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7370 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7371 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7372 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7373 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7374 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7375 last file name.
7376
7377 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7378 @itemx 'M'
7379 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7380 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7381 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7382 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7383 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7384 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7385 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7386 the original size of the file.
7387
7388 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7389 @itemx 'S'
7390 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7391 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7392 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7393 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7394
7395 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7396 @itemx 'V'
7397 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7398 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7399 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7400 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7401 of an archive should have this type.
7402
7403 @end table
7404
7405 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7406 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7407 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7408 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7409 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7410 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7411 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7412 checksum error.
7413
7414 @node cpio
7415 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7416 @UNREVISED
7417
7418 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7419
7420 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7421 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7422 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7423 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7424 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7425 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7426
7427 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7428 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7429 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7430 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7431 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7432 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7433 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7434 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7435
7436 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7437 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7438 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7439 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7440
7441 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7442
7443 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7444 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7445 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7446
7447 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7448 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7449 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7450 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7451 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7452 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7453 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7454 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7455 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7456 make hard links between them.
7457
7458 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7459 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7460 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7461 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7462 of the names.
7463
7464 @quotation
7465 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7466 @end quotation
7467
7468 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7469 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7470 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7471
7472 @quotation
7473 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7474 at the unix scene,
7475 @end quotation
7476
7477 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7478 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7479 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7480 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7481 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7482
7483 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7484 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7485 rest of the files.
7486
7487 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7488
7489 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7490 to start on a record boundary.
7491
7492 @quotation
7493 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7494 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7495 crashed archives at all.)
7496 @end quotation
7497
7498 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7499 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7500 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7501 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7502 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7503 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7504 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7505 archive.
7506
7507 @quotation
7508 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7509 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7510 @end quotation
7511
7512 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7513 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7514 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7515 special files.
7516
7517 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7518 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7519 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7520 backwards compatibility.
7521
7522 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7523 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7524 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7525
7526 @node Media
7527 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7528 @UNREVISED
7529
7530 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7531 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7532
7533 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7534 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7535 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7536 such manipulation easier.
7537
7538 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7539 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7540
7541 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7542 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7543 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7544 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7545
7546 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7547 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7548 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7549 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7550 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7551 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7552
7553 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7554 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7555 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7556 not a good idea.
7557
7558 @menu
7559 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7560 * Remote Tape Server::
7561 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7562 * Blocking:: Blocking
7563 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7564 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7565 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7566 * verify::
7567 * Write Protection::
7568 @end menu
7569
7570 @node Device
7571 @section Device Selection and Switching
7572 @UNREVISED
7573
7574 @table @kbd
7575 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7576 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7577 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7578 @end table
7579
7580 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7581 works on.
7582
7583 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7584 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7585 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7586 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7587 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7588
7589 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7590 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7591 sign (@kbd{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7592 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7593 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7594 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7595 @command{rsh}.
7596 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7597 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7598 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7599 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7600 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7601 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7602 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7603 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7604 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7605 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7606
7607 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7608 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7609 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7610 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7611 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7612
7613 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7614 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7615 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7616 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7617 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7618 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7619 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7620 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7621 cartridges or diskettes.
7622
7623 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7624 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7625 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7626 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7627 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7628 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7629 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7630 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7631 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7632 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7633 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7634 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7635
7636 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7637 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7638 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7639 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7640 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7641
7642 @table @kbd
7643 @item --force-local
7644 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7645
7646 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7647 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7648 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7649 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7650
7651 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7652 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7653 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7654 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7655 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7656 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7657
7658 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7659 Specify drive and density.
7660
7661 @item -M
7662 @itemx --multi-volume
7663 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7664
7665 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7666 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7667 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7668
7669 @item -L @var{num}
7670 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7671 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7672
7673 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7674 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7675 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7676
7677 @item -F @var{file}
7678 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7679 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7680 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
7681 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
7682 @end table
7683
7684 @node Remote Tape Server
7685 @section The Remote Tape Server
7686
7687 @cindex remote tape drive
7688 @pindex rmt
7689 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7690 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7691 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
7692 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
7693 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
7694 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
7695 using a different login name if one is supplied.
7696
7697 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7698 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7699 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
7700 installed by default.
7701
7702 @cindex absolute file names
7703 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7704 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7705 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7706 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7707 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7708 message telling you what it is doing.
7709
7710 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7711 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7712 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7713 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7714 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7715 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7716 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7717 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7718 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7719 backup tapes.
7720
7721 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7722 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7723 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7724 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7725 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7726 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7727 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7728
7729 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7730 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7731 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7732 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7733 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7734 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7735
7736 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7737 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7738 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7739 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7740 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7741 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7742
7743 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7744 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7745 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7746 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7747 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7748
7749 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7750 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7751
7752 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7753 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7754 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7755 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7756 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7757 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7758 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7759 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7760
7761 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7762 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7763
7764 @ifclear PUBLISH
7765
7766 @format
7767 errors from system:
7768 permission denied
7769 no such file or directory
7770 not owner
7771
7772 errors from @command{tar}:
7773 directory checksum error
7774 header format error
7775
7776 errors from media/system:
7777 i/o error
7778 device busy
7779 @end format
7780
7781 @end ifclear
7782
7783 @node Blocking
7784 @section Blocking
7785 @UNREVISED
7786
7787 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7788 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7789 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7790 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7791 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7792
7793 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
7794 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7795
7796 @quotation
7797 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7798 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7799 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7800 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7801 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7802 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7803 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7804 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7805 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7806 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7807
7808 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
7809 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7810 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7811 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
7812 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7813 into the source code too.
7814 @end quotation
7815
7816 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7817 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7818 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7819 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7820 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7821 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7822 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
7823 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
7824 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7825 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7826 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7827 in @GNUTAR{}.
7828
7829 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7830 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7831 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7832 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7833 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7834 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7835 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7836 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7837 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7838 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7839 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7840 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7841 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7842 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7843 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
7844
7845 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7846 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7847 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7848 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
7849 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7850 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7851 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7852 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7853
7854 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7855 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7856 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7857 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7858 honor blocking.
7859
7860 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
7861 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
7862 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
7863 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
7864 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
7865 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
7866 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
7867 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7868 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
7869 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
7870 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
7871 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
7872 you must always specify the record size exactly with
7873 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
7874 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7875 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
7876 correctly.
7877
7878 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7879 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7880 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
7881 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7882 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7883
7884 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7885 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7886 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7887 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7888 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7889 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7890 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7891 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7892 around one megabyte.
7893
7894 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
7895 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
7896 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
7897 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
7898 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
7899 device.
7900
7901 @menu
7902 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7903 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7904 @end menu
7905
7906 @node Format Variations
7907 @subsection Format Variations
7908 @cindex Format Parameters
7909 @cindex Format Options
7910 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
7911 @cindex Options, format specifying
7912 @UNREVISED
7913
7914 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
7915 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
7916 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
7917 store the archive.
7918
7919 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
7920 you can use the options described in the following sections.
7921 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
7922 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
7923 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
7924 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
7925 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
7926 examples of format parameter considerations.
7927
7928 @node Blocking Factor
7929 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7930 @cindex Blocking Factor
7931 @cindex Record Size
7932 @cindex Number of blocks per record
7933 @cindex Number of bytes per record
7934 @cindex Bytes per record
7935 @cindex Blocks per record
7936 @UNREVISED
7937
7938 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
7939 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
7940 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
7941 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
7942 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
7943 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (ie.@:
7944 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
7945 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
7946 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
7947
7948 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
7949 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
7950 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
7951 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
7952 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
7953 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
7954 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
7955 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
7956 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
7957 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
7958 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
7959 writing archives.
7960
7961 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
7962
7963 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
7964 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
7965 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
7966 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
7967 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
7968 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
7969
7970 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
7971 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
7972 example, this has been reported:
7973
7974 @smallexample
7975 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
7976 @end smallexample
7977
7978 @noindent
7979 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
7980 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
7981 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
7982 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
7983 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
7984 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
7985 for example, might resolve the problem.
7986
7987 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
7988 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
7989 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
7990 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
7991 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
7992 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
7993 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
7994 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
7995 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
7996 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
7997 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
7998 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
7999 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8000
8001 @table @kbd
8002 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8003 @itemx -b @var{number}
8004 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8005 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8006 @end table
8007
8008 Device blocking
8009
8010 @table @kbd
8011 @item -b @var{blocks}
8012 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8013 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8014
8015 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8016 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8017 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8018 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8019 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8020 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8021
8022 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8023 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8024 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8025 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8026
8027 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8028 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8029 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8030 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8031 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8032
8033 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8034 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8035 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8036 updating the archive.
8037
8038 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8039 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8040 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8041 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8042
8043 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8044 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8045 the amount of available virtual memory.
8046
8047 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8048 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8049 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8050 @itemize @bullet
8051 @item
8052 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8053 @item
8054 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8055 redirected nor piped,
8056 @item
8057 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8058 device,
8059 @item
8060 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8061 invocation.
8062 @end itemize
8063
8064 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8065 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8066 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8067 topic:
8068
8069 @itemize @bullet
8070
8071 @item
8072 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8073 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8074 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8075 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8076 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8077 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8078
8079 @item
8080 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8081 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8082 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8083 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8084 ignored.
8085
8086 @item
8087 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8088 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8089 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8090 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8091 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8092 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8093 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8094
8095 @item
8096 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8097 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8098 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8099 @end itemize
8100
8101 @item -i
8102 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8103 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8104
8105 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8106 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8107 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8108 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8109 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8110 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8111 the zeroed blocks.
8112
8113 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8114 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8115 are stored on a single physical tape.
8116
8117 @item -B
8118 @itemx --read-full-records
8119 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8120
8121 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8122 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8123 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8124 record.
8125
8126 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8127 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8128 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8129 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8130 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8131 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8132
8133 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8134
8135 @end table
8136
8137 Tape blocking
8138
8139 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8140
8141 @cindex blocking factor
8142 @cindex tape blocking
8143
8144 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8145 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8146 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8147 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8148 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8149 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8150 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8151 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8152 tape motion without loosing information.
8153
8154 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8155 @cindex DAT blocking
8156 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8157 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8158 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8159 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8160 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8161 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8162 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8163 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8164 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8165 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8166 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8167 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8168 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8169 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8170 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8171 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8172
8173 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8174 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8175 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8176 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8177
8178 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8179 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8180 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8181
8182 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8183 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8184 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8185
8186 @node Many
8187 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8188
8189 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8190
8191 @findex ntape @r{device}
8192 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8193 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8194 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8195 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8196 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8197 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8198 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8199 device.
8200
8201 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8202 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8203 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8204 means that a simple:
8205
8206 @smallexample
8207 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8208 @end smallexample
8209
8210 @noindent
8211 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8212 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8213 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8214 just been saved.
8215
8216 @cindex tape positioning
8217 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8218 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8219 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8220 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8221 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8222 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8223 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8224 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8225 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8226 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8227 recovered.
8228
8229 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8230 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8231
8232 @smallexample
8233 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8234 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8235 @end smallexample
8236
8237 @cindex tape marks
8238 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8239 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8240 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8241 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8242 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8243 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8244 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8245 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8246 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8247 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8248 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8249
8250 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8251 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8252
8253 @smallexample
8254 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8255 @end smallexample
8256
8257 @noindent
8258 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8259
8260 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8261 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8262 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8263 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8264 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8265 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8266 these commands:
8267
8268 @smallexample
8269 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8270 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8271 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8272 @end smallexample
8273
8274 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8275 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8276
8277 @menu
8278 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8279 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8280 @end menu
8281
8282 @node Tape Positioning
8283 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8284 @UNREVISED
8285
8286 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8287 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8288 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8289 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8290 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8291 two at the end of all the file entries.
8292
8293 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8294 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8295
8296 @smallexample
8297 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8298 @end smallexample
8299
8300 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8301 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8302 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8303 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8304 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8305 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8306 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8307 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8308 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8309 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8310 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8311 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8312
8313 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8314 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8315 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8316 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8317 following:
8318
8319 @smallexample
8320 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8321 @end smallexample
8322
8323 @node mt
8324 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8325 @UNREVISED
8326
8327 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8328 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8329 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8330
8331 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8332 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8333 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8334 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8335 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8336 together"?}
8337
8338 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8339
8340 @smallexample
8341 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8342 @end smallexample
8343
8344 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8345 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8346 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8347
8348 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8349
8350 @table @kbd
8351 @item eof
8352 @itemx weof
8353 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8354
8355 @item fsf
8356 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8357
8358 @item bsf
8359 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8360
8361 @item rewind
8362 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8363
8364 @item offline
8365 @itemx rewoff1
8366 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8367
8368 @item status
8369 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8370
8371 @end table
8372
8373 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8374
8375 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8376 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8377 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8378
8379 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8380 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8381 failed.
8382
8383 @FIXME{New node on how to find an archive?}
8384
8385 If you use @value{op-extract} with the @value{op-label} option specified,
8386 @command{tar} will read an archive label (the tape head has to be positioned
8387 on it) and print an error if the archive label doesn't match the
8388 @var{archive-name} specified. @var{archive-name} can be any regular
8389 expression. If the labels match, @command{tar} extracts the archive.
8390 @value{xref-label}.
8391 @FIXME-xref{Matching Format Parameters}@FIXME{fix cross
8392 references}@samp{tar --list --label} will cause @command{tar} to print the
8393 label.
8394
8395 @FIXME{Program to list all the labels on a tape?}
8396
8397 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8398 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8399 @UNREVISED
8400
8401 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8402 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8403 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8404 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8405 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8406
8407 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8408 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8409 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8410 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8411 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8412 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8413 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8414 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8415 file.)
8416
8417 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8418 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8419 process them properly.
8420
8421 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8422 responses:
8423
8424 @table @kbd
8425 @item ?
8426 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8427 @item q
8428 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8429 @item n @var{file name}
8430 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8431 @item !
8432 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8433 @item y
8434 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8435 @end table
8436
8437 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8438 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8439
8440 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8441 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8442 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8443 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8444 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8445 of the
8446 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8447 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8448
8449 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8450 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8451 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8452 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8453 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8454 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8455 never required for real, as far as we know.
8456
8457 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8458 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8459 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8460 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8461 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8462 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8463 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8464 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8465 the prompt.)
8466
8467 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8468 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8469 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8470 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8471 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8472 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8473 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8474 script).
8475
8476 Multi-volume archives
8477
8478 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8479 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8480 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8481 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8482
8483 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8484 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8485 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8486 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8487 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @option{--extract
8488 --multi-volume} (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8489 the file begins.
8490
8491 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8492 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8493 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8494 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8495
8496 @smallexample
8497 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8498 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8499 @end smallexample
8500
8501 @menu
8502 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8503 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8504 @end menu
8505
8506 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8507 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8508 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8509 @UNREVISED
8510
8511 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8512 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8513 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8514 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8515 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8516 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8517
8518 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8519 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8520 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8521 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8522 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8523 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8524
8525 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8526 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8527 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8528 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8529 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8530 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8531
8532 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8533 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8534 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8535 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8536 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8537 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8538 information about extracting archives.
8539
8540 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8541 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8542 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8543 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8544 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8545 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8546 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8547
8548 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8549 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8550 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8551 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8552
8553 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8554 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8555 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8556 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8557 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8558
8559 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8560 @FIXME{example}
8561
8562 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8563 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8564
8565 @table @kbd
8566 @item --multi-volume
8567 @itemx -M
8568 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8569 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8570 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8571 operation.
8572
8573 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8574 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8575 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8576 @value{op-create}.
8577 @end table
8578
8579 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8580 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8581 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8582 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8583 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8584 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8585 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8586 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8587 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8588 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8589 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8590 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8591
8592 @node Tape Files
8593 @subsection Tape Files
8594 @UNREVISED
8595
8596 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8597 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8598 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8599 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8600 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8601 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8602 volume label will have
8603 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8604 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8605 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8606 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8607
8608 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8609 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8610 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8611 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8612 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8613 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8614 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8615
8616 People seem to often do:
8617
8618 @smallexample
8619 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8620 @end smallexample
8621
8622 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8623
8624 @node label
8625 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8626 @cindex Labeling an archive
8627 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8628 @UNREVISED
8629
8630 @table @kbd
8631 @item -V @var{name}
8632 @itemx --label=@var{name}
8633 Create archive with volume name @var{name}.
8634 @end table
8635
8636 This option causes @command{tar} to write out a @dfn{volume header} at
8637 the beginning of the archive. If @value{op-multi-volume} is used, each
8638 volume of the archive will have a volume header of @samp{@var{name}
8639 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
8640 next, and so on.
8641
8642 @FIXME{Should the arg to --label be a quoted string?? No.}
8643
8644 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8645 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8646 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8647 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8648 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8649
8650 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8651 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8652 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8653 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8654 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8655 volume archives.}
8656
8657 If you list or extract an archive using @value{op-label}, @command{tar} will
8658 print an error if the archive label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8659 specified, and will then not list nor extract the archive. In those cases,
8660 @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted as a globbing-style pattern
8661 which must match the actual magnetic volume label. @xref{exclude}, for
8662 a precise description of how match is attempted@footnote{Previous versions
8663 of @command{tar} used full regular expression matching, or before that, only
8664 exact string matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the
8665 sake of simplicity to use a uniform matching device through @command{tar}.}.
8666 If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used, the volume label
8667 matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}}
8668 if the initial match fails, before giving up. Since the volume numbering
8669 is automatically added in labels at creation time, it sounded logical to
8670 equally help the user taking care of it when the archive is being read.
8671
8672 The @value{op-label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not available
8673 under that name anymore.
8674
8675 To find out an archive's label entry (or to find out if an archive has
8676 a label at all), use @samp{tar --list --verbose}. @command{tar} will
8677 print the label first, and then print archive member information, as
8678 in the example below:
8679
8680 @smallexample
8681 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8682 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8683 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8684 @end smallexample
8685
8686 @table @kbd
8687 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8688 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8689 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8690 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8691 @value{op-create} option. Checks to make sure the archive label
8692 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with the
8693 @value{op-extract} option.
8694 @end table
8695
8696 To get a common information on all tapes of a series, use the
8697 @value{op-label} option. For having this information different in each
8698 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8699 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8700
8701 @smallexample
8702 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8703 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8704 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8705 @end smallexample
8706
8707 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8708 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
8709 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
8710 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
8711 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
8712 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
8713 is usually not the case.
8714
8715 @FIXME{was --volume}
8716
8717 @node verify
8718 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8719 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8720 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8721
8722 @table @kbd
8723 @item -W
8724 @itemx --verify
8725 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8726 @end table
8727
8728 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8729 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8730 are recorded on the standard error output.
8731
8732 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8733 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8734 cannot be verified.
8735
8736 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8737 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
8738 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8739 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8740 it is up to date.
8741
8742 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8743 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8744 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8745 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8746 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
8747
8748 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8749 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8750 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8751 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8752
8753 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
8754 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8755 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8756
8757 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8758 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8759 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8760 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8761 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8762 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8763 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8764 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8765 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8766 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8767 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8768 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8769
8770 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8771 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8772 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8773 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8774 as long as programming is concerned.
8775
8776 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
8777 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
8778 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
8779 for more information on these operations.
8780
8781 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
8782 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
8783 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
8784 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
8785 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
8786
8787 @node Write Protection
8788 @section Write Protection
8789
8790 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8791 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8792 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8793 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
8794 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8795 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8796
8797 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8798 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8799 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8800 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8801 changeable feature.
8802
8803 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8804 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8805 @include freemanuals.texi
8806
8807 @node Copying This Manual
8808 @appendix Copying This Manual
8809
8810 @menu
8811 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
8812 @end menu
8813
8814 @include fdl.texi
8815
8816 @node Index
8817 @appendix Index
8818
8819 @printindex cp
8820
8821 @summarycontents
8822 @contents
8823 @bye
8824
8825 @c Local variables:
8826 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
8827 @c End:
This page took 0.435534 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.